Ain Shams University Faculty of Engineering
Department of Structural Engineering
SWELLING PERFORMANCE OF SOME
EXPANSIVE SOIL TREATMENT
TECHNIQUES BY
Mohamed Youssef Abd El-Latif B.Sc, Civil Engineering "Strucural" (2005)
Ain Shams University - Faculty of Engineering
THESIS
Submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for Degree of Master of Science in Civil Engineering
Structural Engineering Department (Geotechnical Engineering)
Supervised By
Prof. Dr. Ali Abd El-Fattah Ali Ahmed Professor of Geotechnical Engineering
Structural Engineering Department Ain Shams University - Faculty of Engineering
Dr. Hoda Abd El-Hady Ibrahim Lecturer of Geotechnical Engineering
Structural Engineering Department Ain Shams University - Faculty of Engineering
2008
i
Ain Shams University Faculty of Engineering
Structural Engineering Department
Abstract of the M.Sc. Thesis submitted by:
Mohamed Youssef Abdel-Latif Title of Thesis:
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
Supervisors: Prof. Dr. Ali Abdel-Fattah Ali Ahmed
Dr. Eng. Hoda Abdel-Hady Ibrahim
Registration date : 10/ 10/ 2005 Examination date:
Abstract
Swelling behavior of shallow foundations resting on treated expansive soil is generally affected by
different factors. Some of these factors are related to the boundary conditions controlling the site
deposition and the mode of water migration, while the others are related to the employed treatment
technique for damping the heave potential of the expansive soil. Although the utilization of some
treatment techniques were considered as an adequate techniques for reducing both swelling and
swelling pressure of expansive soils, during the last decades, many problems occurred for shallow
foundation buildings constructed on treated expansive soil.
The main objective of the present thesis is to study the effectiveness of some widely used treatment
techniques to eliminate or damp the swelling behavior of expansive soil and also to study the factors
that causes differential movement between footings. A case study of an inclined super structure at the
middle Mokattam plateau was studied. Although the expansive soil layer were treated with sand
replacement but it failed in preventing the harmful effects due to the differential heaving of soil, and
this can be attributed to the presence of water seeping from a nearby drainage utility below the
replacement layer. The stratigraphy of the middle Mokattam plateau was presented and the
geotechnical properties of the soil at the site area were investigated. The movement of the building
was simulated depending on six survey readings during a time period reaches about four years nearly
after the building inclination. Also the horizontal displacement components for the building were
obtaind (using two semi empirical methods) and compared with the measured values to decide the
best and more suitable method which can be used in predicting heave of footings.
ii
A laboratory testing program was designed to determine the swelling behavior and differential heave
effect on shallow footings resting on treated expansive soil employing different treatment techniques
using a large laboratory model. The geotechnical properties were investigated and classified using
direct and indirect methods. The expansive soil was treated using sand replacement, sand
replacement with 5% lime, expansive soil with 5% lime stabilization and sand replacement with
horizontal plastic barriers. Footings heave, moisture distribution, and differential heave between
footings were measured and predicted using empirical and semi empirical equations. Loading
conditions, level of horizontal barrier and water leakage spacing from footings were taken in
consideration.
All the used treatment techniques succeeded in decreasing the final heave with nearly the same
value. The use of plastic horizontal barrier at the top of replacement layer succeeded in distributing
the moisture uniformly over the expansive soil layer in case of water seeping from the sheet, and this
result in uniform heave of footings with time. While in case of water seeping from the plastic sheet
used at bottom of sand cushion, this concentrated the leakage at definite point which results in high
differential movement between footings. This research project has helped to identify the expansive
soils in this area and some of its associated problems and to increase the effectiveness of the
proposed treatment techniques, which can help in mitigating the structural damages originating from
the behavior of expansive soils.
Keywords: Expansive soil; Geotechnical properties; Treatment techniques; Sand replacement;
Heave prediction; Middle Mokattam plateau.
iii
APPROVAL SHEET
Name of Thesis: Mohamed Youssef Abd El-Latif
Title of Thesis: "Swelling performance of some expansive soil
treatment techniques"
Degree : Master of Science in Civil Engineering
(Structural Engineering)
EXAMINERS COMMITTEE
Name, Title & Affiliation: Signature
Prof. Dr. Khadiga I. Abdel-Ghany
Prof. of Geotechnical Engineering
Housing & Building National Research center Cairo, Egypt -----------------
Prof. Dr. Abdel-Monem Moussa
Prof. of Geotechnical Engineering
Faculty of Engineering, Ain Shams University -----------------
Prof. Dr. Ali Abd El-Fattah Ali
Prof. of Geotechnical Engineering
Faculty of Engineering, Ain Shams University -----------------
Date: / 3 / 2008
iv
STATEMENT
This dissertation is submitted to Ain Shams University for the
degree of M. Sc. in Civil Engineering.
The work included in this thesis was carried out by the author in
the Department of structural Engineering, Ain Shams University
from 2006 to 2008.
No part of this thesis has been submitted for a degree or for
qualification at any other university or situation.
Name : Mohamed Youssef Abd El Latif
Signature :
Date : / / 2008
v
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The present work was conducted out at the Department of Structural Engineering,
Faculty of Engineering, Ain Shams University.
It was completed under the supervision of Prof. Dr. Ali Abdel Fattah, Prof. of
Geotechnical Engineering and Dr. Eng. Hoda Abd El-Hady, Lecturer of Geotechnical
Engineering, whom I have the pleasure of working under their supervision. I express
sincere appreciation for their helpful, generous advice and guidance throughout the
period of this research.
I thank my supervisors who have been very instrumental in enriching my thesis.
Appreciably I thank them so much for accepting me to be their student and for
providing me with the guiding hand of Great Spirit in carrying out this research.
I would like to thank the soil mechanics laboratory staff for their valuable helps during
testing period. A debt of gratitude is to all people who in one way or another
contributed ideas directly or indirectly. Because it would end up into long list to
mention all the people I am indebted to, I gratefully thank all of them collectively.
Last, I would like to express my deep feelings towards each member of my family to
whom I owe every success in my life. My cordial thanks spread out to my mother for
her love, support and guidance throughout my life and for inculcating in me the
passion for knowledge.
Mohamed Youssef
Mars, 2008
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1. INTRODUCTION Page
1.1 General 1
1.2 Objectives of This Research 3
1.3 Organization of the Present Work 4
Chapter 2. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 General 6
2.2 Swelling Mechanism 6
2.3 Classifications and Identifications 8
2.3.1 Indirect techniques 10
2.3.1.1 Atterberg Limits Tests: 12
2.3.1.2 Colloid Content Test: 15
2.3.1.3 Activity Method 18
2.3.1.4 Free Swell Test 22
2.3.1.5 Soil Expansion Potential (ASTM D-4829) 22
2.3.1.6 Cation Exchange Capacity: 23
2.3.1.7 Cation Exchange Activity: 24
2.3.1.8 Coefficient of Linear Extensibility (COLE) 27
2.3.1.9 Soil water characteristic curve 29
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
vii
2.3.2 Direct techniques 34
2.3.2.1 Constant volume test 34
2.3.2.2 Double oedometer test 34
2.3.2.3 Simplified oedometer test 35
2.3.2.4 Pre-swell sample method 39
2.3.3 Combination techniques 41
2.4 Heave prediction 41
2.4.1 Semi-Empirical Methods 41
2.4.1.1 Texas Method No. 1 41
2.4.1.2 Double oedometer test 42
2.4.1.3 Simplified oedometer test 43
2.4.1.4 Constant volume test 44
2.4.1.5 Stress change method "Closed Form Heave Equation" 49
2.4.1.6 Suction change method 52
2.4.2 Empirical Methods 59
2.5 Treatment of expansive soils 69
2.5.1 Miscellaneous Treatments 71
2.5.1.1 Replacement Fill 71
2.5.1.2 Remolding and compaction 86
2.5.1.3 Pre-Wetting 87
2.5.1.4 Sub-Drainage 87
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
viii
2.5.2 Hydraulic Barriers 89
2.5.2.1 Horizontal moisture barriers 89
a) Horizontal Membranes 89
b) Rigid Barriers 91
2.5.2.2 Deep Vertical Moisture Barriers (DVMB) 91
2.5.3 Chemical Soil Treatments 98
2.5.3.1 Calcium-Based Stabilizers 99
a) Lime stabilization 99
b) Coal fly ash stabilization 107
i) Stabilization with Non-Self-Cementing Coal Fly Ash 110
ii) Stabilization with Self-Cementing Fly Ash 111
c) Portland cement stabilization 114
d) Cement By-Pass Dust (CBPD) Stabilization 118
e) Slag Stabilization 118
2.5.3.2 Non-Calcium Based Chemical Stabilizers 120
2.5.4 Mechanical Treatments 123
2.5.4.1 Surcharge Stress 123
2.5.4.2 Fiber Reinforcement 123
2.5.4.3 Geogrids 124
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
ix
Chapter 3. SUPPER STRUCTURE RESTING ON TREATED EXPANSIVE SOIL “CASE STUDY”
3.1 General 125
3.2 Description of building and cracks 125
3.3 Geological formation 133
3.4 Geotechnical Properties 135
3.4.1 Indirect measurements 141
3.4.2 Direct Measurements 143
3.5 Heave prediction 144
3.5.1 Using semi-empirical heave equations 144
3.5.2 Using empirical heave equations 146
3.6 Measured building movements 148
3.7 Comparison between the measured and predicted horizontal displacements components 154
Chapter 4. SWELLING PREFORMANCE OF SOME EXPANSIVE
SOIL TREATMENT TECHNIQUES
4.1 General 157
4.2 Properties of expansive soil used 157
4.3 Indirect measurement tests results 158
4.4 Direct measurement tests results 162
4.5 Laboratory model test 163
4.6 Test procedure 163
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
x
4.7 Laboratory test program 165
4.8 Test results and discussions 169
4.8.1 Measured heave results 169
4.8.1.1 Untreated expansive soil 169
4.8.1.2 Treated expansive soil using various treatment techniques 172
4.8.1.3 Treated expansive soil using various horizontal barrier locations 179
4.8.1.4 Treated expansive soil using various leakage spacing 185
4.8.2 Predicted heave results 191 Chapter 5. SUMMARY, CONCLUSIONS AND
RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER STUDIES
5.1 Summary 196
5.2 Conclusions 197
5.2.1 Case study 197
5.2.2 Experimental results 199
5.2.2.1 Measured results 199
5.2.2.2 Predicted heave 200
5.3 Recommendations 201
5.4 Recommended Future Studies 201
REFERENCES 202
Appendix A 222
Appendix B 226
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xi
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure No. Page
Figure (2.1) Schematic representation of the structure of Smectite minerals
"Montmorillonites" (Colmenares, 2002). 7
Figure (2.2) Swell potential as a function of soil plasticity index (Seed, et al., 1962b)
12
Figure (2.3) Plot of clay minerals on Casagrande’s chart (Lucian, 2006). 16
Figure (2.4): Soil classification chart (Skempton, 1953). 16
Figure (2.5) Swell potential as function of colloids content and Activity (Seed, et
al.,1960) 20
Figure (2.6a) Soil swell potential based on size fraction and activity (Seed ,1962a) 20
Figure (2.6b) Potential severity of volume change for clay soils (Van Der
Merwe,1964). 21
Figure (2.7) Clay mineralogy as a function of Activity and Cation Exchange Capacity
(Holt, 1969) 25
Figure (2.8) Mineralogical classification from Pearring (1963). 26
Figure (2.9) Expansion potential as a function of CEAc and Ac from Nelson and
Miller (1992) 26
Figure (2.10) Swell potential as a function of colloids content and COLE (McKeen
and Hamberg, 1981) 31
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xii
Figure (2.11) Soil expansiveness and COLE regions as a function of Activity and
Cation Exchange Capacity (McKeen and Hamberg, 1981) 31
Figure (2.12) Example of the relationship between soil suction and water content
(McKeen, 1992) 32
Figure (2.13) Example of the relationship between volume strain and soil suction
(McKeen, 1992) 32
Figure (2.14) Relation of soil water characteristic curves, soil plasticity and percent
fines (Zapata, et al., 2000) 33
Figure (2.15) Relation of suction compression index, Ch, to the slope of the soil water
characteristic curve (McKeen, 1992). 33
Figure (2.16) Typical constant volume swell test results (After Porter and
Nelson,1980). 37
Figure (2.17) Double oedometer test results, Initially moist sample pair (Jennings and
Kerrich,1962) 37
Figure (2.18) Free swell under load in the oedometer (after Fredlund, 1983) 38
Figure (2.19) Simplified oedometer test analysis (After Jennings et al., 1973) 38
Figure (2.20) Typical plot of consolidation - swell test results (After Jennings et
al.,1973) 39
Figure (2.21) Laboratory relationship between void ratio and effective pressure(After
Richard et al., 1969). 46
Figure (2.22) Idealized three dimensional loading surface for unsaturated soils in
terms of void ratio versus indepented stress (After Fredlund, 1983). 46
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xiii
Figure (2.23) Correction of constant volume swell test data for sample disturbance
(After Fredlund, 1983). 47
Figure (2.24) Idealized and actual versus analysis stress path for prediction based on
constant volume (After Fredlund, 1983). 47
Figure (2.25) Void ratio versus water content (After Hamberg, 1985), 55
Figure (2.26) Idealized moisture boundary profile for the Pierre Shale, fort collins
(Hamberg, 1985). 55
Figure (2.27) Relationships for determining (a) Plasticity index (P.I) and (b) Reduction
factor (P) for Van Der Merwe’s empirical heave prediction methods
(After Van Der Merwe, 1964). 61
Figure (2.28) Laboratory model test set up (after Awad 2005). 75
Figure (2.29) Swelling- log stress of expansive soil model and oedometer ( clay
content 100%) (after Awad 2005). 75
Figure (2.30) Swelling potential of treated soil-lime content in oedometer and model
(after Awad 2005). 76
Figure (2.31) Swelling potential of treated soil-lime content in oedometer and model
(after Awad 2005). 76
Figure (2.32) Laboratory model test set up (after Awad and Abdel-Hady, 2005). 78
Figure (2.33) Predicted ground surface heave versus thickness of replacement using
Stress Change method 84
Figure (2.34) Reduction of heave versus thickness of replacement using Stress Change
Method 85
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xiv
Figure (2.35) embedded drains around structures 88
Figure (2.36) Application of a horizontal membrane (Tm–Army, 1983).
91
Figure (2.37) Deep vertical moisture barrier, DVMB (Snethen, 1979) 93
Figure (2.38) vertical and horizontal moisture barriers (Tm–Army, 1983). 93
Figure (2.39) Lateral view of laboratory barrier model (after Rojas et al. 2006). 94
Figure (2.40) Finite-element grid for vertical moisture barrier model (after Rojas et al.
2006). 95
Figure (2.41) Isovalue–suction curves in meters of water (after Rojas et al. 2006). 96
Figure (2. 42) Theoretical and experimental result comparisons for surface heave and
different barrier depths 97
Figure (2.43)The Visual Effect of Lime Addition (Wibawa, 2003). 104
Figure (3.1) A satellite photo for the housing project in the Mokattam middle plateau.
128
Figure (3.2) The utilized foundation system. 128
Figure (3.3a) Photo for defects and cracks on front 1 129
Figure (3.3b) Photo for defects and cracks on front 2 129
Figure (3.4) Locations of vertical lines of inclination-marks and settlement-marks for
the defected building. 131
Figure (3.5) Composite stratigraphic section of G. Mokattam (after El-Nahhas et al.,
1990). 134
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xv
Figure (3.6) Schematic layout for the described building and boreholes, the defected
building is the shaded one. 138
Figure (3.7a) Photo for the expansive soil layer bearing on calcareous sandstone layer
139
Figure (3.7b) Photo showing the shrink – swell effect for expansive soil layer. 139
Figure (3.7e) Undisturbed expansive soil sample before preparation
140
Figure (3.7f) Samples from the expansive soil layer showing the apparent composition
of this layer 140
Figure (3.8): Classification of expansive soil samples according to Van de Merwe,
1964. 141
Figure (3.9): Classification of expansive soil according to Seed et al. (1960) and
modified by Carter and Bentley, 1991. 141
Figure (3.10): Results of expansive soil samples using simple modified oedometer test
according to Jenning et al. (1973).
143
Figure (3.11): Comparison between the predicted heave according to Hamberg, 1985
and Rama et al., 1988. 145
Figure (3.12): Vertical displacement for the building front (1) versus measuring date.
149
Figure (3.13): Vertical displacement for the building front (2) versus measuring date.
149
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xvi
Figure (3.14): Vertical displacement for the building front (3) versus measuring date.
150
Figure (3.15): Vertical displacement for the building front (4) versus measuring date.
150
Figure (3.16): Vertical displacement for the building bench marks versus measuring
date. 151
Figure (3.17): Relative vertical displacement for the building facades versus
measuring date. 151
Figure (3.18): Horizontal displacement at roof in the longitudinal direction relative to
the first reading versus measuring date. 152
Figure (3.19): Horizontal displacement at roof in the transverse direction relative to
the first reading versus measuring date. 152
Figure (3.20): Movement of the apparent defected building away from the adjacent
one. 154
Figure (3.21): Building rotation between bore (3) and bore (2). 155
Figure (3.22): Directions of horizontal displacement components.
155
Figure (4.1): Classification of expansive soil mineral using Casagrande’s chart. 159
Figure (4.2): Classification of expansive soil samples according to Van de Merwe,
1964. 160
Figure (4.3): Classification of expansive soil according to Seed et al. (1960) and
modified by Carter and Bentley, 1991. 160
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xvii
Figure (4.4): Results of expansive soil samples using simple modified oedometer test
according to Jenning et al. (1973). 162
Figure (4.5) Testing mould details. 164
Figure (4.6) A schematic cross-section in the used mould 167
Figure (4.7) Footings heave versus logarithmic time for variable footing stress 170
Figure (4.8) Differential heave between footings versus log time.
170
Figure (4.9a) Footing heave versus log time for different treatment techniques 173
Figure (4.9b) Footing heave versus log time for different treatment techniques 173
Figure (4.9c) Footing heave versus log time for different treatment techniques 174
Figure (4.9d) Footing heave versus log time for different treatment techniques 174
Figure (4.10a) Differential heave between loaded footings versus log time for
different treatment techniques, q=0.5 Kg/cm2 175
Figure (4.10b) Differential heave between unloaded footings versus log time for
different treatment techniques, q=0.0 175
Figure (4.11a) Footing heave versus log Time for various plastic horizontal barrier
locations 181
Figure (4.11b) Footing heave versus log Time for various plastic horizontal barrier
locations 181
Figure (4.11c) Footing heave versus log Time for various plastic horizontal barrier
locations 182
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xviii
Figure (4.11d) Footing heave versus log Time for various plastic horizontal barrier
locations 182
Figure (4.12a) Differential heave between loaded footings versus log Time for various
plastic horizontal barrier locations, q=0.5 Kg/cm2 183
Figure (4.12b) Differential heave between unloaded footings versus log Time for
various plastic horizontal barrier locations, q=0.0 183
Figure (4.13a) Heave of footing 1 versus logarithmic time for various leakage spaces
186
Figure (4.13b) Heave of footing 4 versus logarithmic time for various leakage spaces
187
Figure (4.13c) Heave of footing 2 versus logarithmic time for various leakage spaces
187
Figure (4.13d) Heave of footing 3 versus logarithmic time for various leakage spaces
188
Figure (4.14a) Differential heave between loaded footings versus log Time for various
leakage spacing, q=0.5 Kg/cm2 188
Figure (4.14b) Differential heave between unloaded footings versus log Time for
various leakage spacing, q=0.0 189
Figure (A.1) Footings heave versus logarithmic time for variable footing stress Group
1 and Group 2 222
Figure (A.2) Footings heave versus logarithmic time, Group 2 222
Figure (A.3) Footings heave versus logarithmic time, Group 2 223
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xix
Figure (A.4) Footings heave versus logarithmic time, Group 2 223
Figure (A.5) Footings heave versus log time leakage below F1, Group 3 224
Figure (A.6) Footings heave versus log time leakage below F1, Group 3 and Group 4
224
Figure (A.7) Footings heave versus log time leakage 10cm from F1, Group 4 225
Figure (A.8) Footings heave versus log time leakage 20cm from F1, Group 4 225
Figure (B.1) Wc (%) versus depth for variable footing stress Group 1 and Group 2 226
Figure (B.2) Wc (%) versus depth, Group 2 226
Figure (B.3) Wc (%) versus depth, Group 2 227
Figure (B.4) Wc (%) versus depth, Group 2 227
Figure (B.5) Wc (%) versus depth leakage below F1 , Group 3 228
Figure (B.6) Wc (%) versus depth leakage below F1 , Group 3 and Group 4 228
Figure (B.7) Wc (%) versus depth leakage 10cm from F1 , Group 4 229
Figure (B.8) Wc (%) versus depth leakage 10cm from F1 , Group 4 229
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xx
LIST OF TABLES
Table No. Page
Table (2.1): Characteristics of some clay minerals. (After Mitchell, 1976) 8
Table (2.2): Indirect Techniques for Identification and Classification of Expansive
Soils (after Snethen et al., 1975) 11
Table (2.3): Expansive Soil Classification based on shrinkage limit or linear shrinkage
after Altmeyer (1955) 13
Table (2.4): Swelling potential after Ranganatham and Satyanarayana (1965) 14
Table (2.5): Swelling potential after Sowers and Sowers (1970). 14
Table (2.6): Swelling potential after Snethen (1980) 14
Table (2.7): Swelling potential after Chen,(1987) 14
Table (2.8): Swelling potential after Seed et al. (1962b) 15
Table (2.9): Data for making estimates of probable volume changes for expansive
soils. (After Holtz and Gibbs, 1956) 17
Table (2.10): Swelling potential after the Bekkouche et al. (2001) 17
Table (2.11): Swelling potential after Chen (1988) 17
Table (2.12): Identification of potential swell based on plasticity (Carter and Benley,
1991). 18
Table (2.13): Typical values of activities for the three principal clay mineral groups 19
Table (2.14): Expansion potential from Expansion Index after Uniform Building Code
(1968). 23
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xxi
Table (2.15): Estimation of clay mineralogy using cole: 28
Table (2.16): Ranges of COLE to determine soil swell-shrink potential (Thomas et al.,
2000). 28
Table (2.17): Soil expansiveness classification based on soil properties related to soil
suction (McKeen, 1992) 29
Table (2.18): Expansive Soil Classification based on Atterberg Limits and in situ
suction after Snethen, 1984. 30
Table (2.19): Direct Techniques for Quantitatively Measuring Volume Change of
Expansive Soils (after Snethen et al., 1975). 40
Table (2.20): Definitions of Volume Change Indices with Respect to Suction Changes
(after Hamberg, 1985) 57
Table (2.21): Comparison between measured and predicted footing heave percentage
(after Abdel-Moaty, 1999) 58
Table (2.22): Prediction of swell percent (After Schneider and Poor, 1974). 62
Table (2.23): Correlations for swelling soils. (After El-Sohby et al, 1995). 68
Table (2.24): Properties of untreated expansive soils (after Awad, 2005) 74
Table (2.25): Properties of untreated and treated expansive soil using sand-lime
cushion (after Abdel-Hady, 2007). 81
Table (2.26): Relation of required surcharge fill thickness to soil plasticity (Chen,
1988) 82
Table(2.27): Predicted ground surface heave for treated and untreated expansive soil
using soil replacement. 84
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xxii
Table (2.28 ): reduction of final footing heave in case of treated expansive soil using
soil replacement: 85
Table (2.29): Suggested Lime Contents (Ingles and Metcalf, 1972) 103
Table (2.30) Properties of untreated and treated expansive soil-lime mix 105
Table (2.31): Typical Chemical Compositions of Class F and Class C Fly Ashes
(expressed as percent by weight) (TFHRC, 2003). 109
Table (2.32): Non-calcium based chemical soil stabilizers (after Hardcastle, 2003). 122
Table (3.1): Vertical displacement in centimeters for the specified points. 131
Table (3.2): The detected structure horizontal displacement in centimeters: 132
Table (3.3): Relative compaction of replacement soil for building (101) 135
Table (3.4): The soil profile for the boreholes around the defected building: 136
Table (3.5): Geotechnical properties of the existing clay: 137
Table (3.6): Classification of swelling potential of expansive soil samples as assessed
using empirical equations 142
Table (3.7): Swelling & swelling pressure of expansive soil samples*: 143
Table (3.8): Predicted heave according to Hamberg, 1985 and Rama et al., 1988. 144
Table (3.9): Comparison between the swelling potential according to Hamberg, 1985
(Spo) and the predicted swelling potential (Sp) for other different
equations: (Hexp= 2.00m) 146
Table (3.10): Comparison between the swelling pressure using oedometer test and
predicted swelling pressure for different equations: 147
Table (3.11): Calculated tilting angle using measured and predicted values: 156
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xxiii
Table (4.1): Physical properties of the expansive soil used 158
Table (4.2): Classification of the expansive soil used 159
Table (4.3): Swelling potential of expansive soil used as assessed by different
empirical equations 161
Table (4.4): Properties of medium sand-lime mixes 165
Table (4.5): Laboratory modeling test program 168
Table (4.6): Final measured footings heave (∆Hf ) untreated expansive soil: 171
Table (4.7): Moisture content beneath footings for untreated expansive soil: 171
Table (4.8): Differential heave between footings (∆) for untreated expansive soil: 171
Table (4.9): Final measured footings heave (∆Hf) results: 176
Table (4.10): Moisture content beneath footings for various treatment techniques: 177
Table (4.11): Differential footings heave (∆) for various treatment techniques: 178
Table (4.12): Final measured footings heave (∆Hf) results: 184
Table (4.13): Moisture content beneath footings for various horizontal barrier
locations: 184
Table (4.14): Differential footings heave (∆) for various horizontal barrier locations:
185
Table (4.15): Final measured footings heave (∆Hf) results: 189
Table (4.16): Moisture content beneath footings for various leakage spacing: 190
Table (4.17): Differential footings heave (∆) for various leakage spacing: 190
Table (4.18): The final predicted footings heave for untreated expansive soil: 192
Table (4.19): The final predicted footings heave for various treatment techniques: 193
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xxiv
Table (4.20): The final predicted footings heave for various horizontal barrier
locations: 194
Table (4.21): The final predicted footings heave various leakage spacing: 195
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
xxv
Notations and Symbols
Roman Letters
Ac Activity
C Colloids (or clay) content
COLE Coefficient of linear extensibility on a whole-soil base in cm cm-1
d Diameter of particle in mm
Dr Relative density
E Young’s modulus
e Void ratio
emin Void ratio of the soil at its densest possible state
emax Void ration of the soil at its loosest possible state
FS Free swell (%)
h c Matric suction
h o Osmotic suction
WLL Liquid limit
WPI Plasticity index
WPL Plastic limit
Ps Swelling pressure of the soil
SL Shrinkage limit
V Total volume
ΔV Volume change
wi Initial moisture content (%)
wn Natural water content
Wc Moisture content
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
1
Chapter 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 General
Swelling behavior of shallow foundations rested on treated expansive soil is generally
affected by different factors. Some of these factors are related to the boundary
conditions controlling the` site deposition and the mode of water migration, while the
others are related to the employed treatment technique for damping the heave potential
of the expansive soil.
Several research projects have been conducted in Egypt in recent years to investigate the
fundamental mechanisms of heaving of treated and untreated expansive soils and the
influence of geological and climatic conditions on swelling potential.
Numerous works have been done to study the swelling properties of treated expansive
soil in oedometer using sand replacement (e.g. Satyanaryana, 1969; Moussa et al.,
1985; Marie et al., 2000). The behavior of footing resting on expansive treated
expansive soil using sand replacement has been investigated by (Abouleid and Reyad,
1985; Abdel-Moaty, 1999; Awad and Abdel-Hady, 2005; Awad, 2005). Many
alternatives have been proposed to mitigate the effects of expansive soils on civil
infrastructure (Rojas, 2006). Sand replacement is considered to be one of the most
effective and practical technique that can be utilized for construction of safe
foundations (Awad, 2005). Marei et al. , 2000 studied the improvement of expansive
soil using three types of cushions in oedometer i) sand+ 5% lime, ii) sand cushion and
iii) clayey silt cushion of clay content equal 20%.
Many of the heave prediction methods {such as the direct method, Jennings and
Knight (1975) “Double oedometer method,” and Sullivan and McClelland method
(1969)} are based on the oedometer test. These methods are simple to use; yet they
take into account soil in situ condition (soil structure, dry density, moisture content,
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
2
etc.) and are widely used by practicing engineers. Abdullah, 2002 found that for a
finite loaded area (such as plane strain condition), however, predicted footing heave
value using such methods is always overestimated. Little attention has been paid to
measure the relative movement between footings in case of untreated and treated
expansive soil (Awad and Abdel-Hady, 2005).
The main objective of the present thesis is to study the effectiveness of some widely
used treatment techniques to eliminate or damp the heave behavior of expansive soil
and also to study the factors that causes differential movement between footings. A
case study of an inclined super structure was studied; this building is bearing on a
treated expansive soil using sand replacement on the middle Mokattam plateau. A
laboratory testing program was designed to determine the swelling behavior of
shallow footings resting on treated expansive soil employing different treatment
techniques using a large laboratory model. The expansive soil was treated using sand
replacement, sand replacement with 5% lime, expansive soil +5% lime stabilization
and sand replacement with horizontal plastic barriers. Footings heave, moisture
distribution and differential heave between footings were measured and predicted
using empirical and semi empirical equations. Loading conditions, level of horizontal
barrier and water leakage spacing from footings were taken in to consideration.
Although the horizontal barrier technique is used as a preserving technique to prevent
water leakage to soil, no attention has been given to study the effect of horizontal
barrier location and the effect of water leakage space in case of deterioration of this
horizontal barrier. Accordingly the main aim of using horizontal barrier in this
research is to measure the differential heave between footings in case of deterioration
of this plastic sheet.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
3
1.2 Objectives of This Research: The main objectives of this research:
1) Studying the performance of a severely cracked reinforced concrete (RC)
building constructed on treated expansive using medium sand replacement at site
in middle Mokattam plateau. Discussing the stratigraphy of the middle Mokattam
plateau and investigate the geotechnical properties of soil at the site area using
direct and indirect measurement tests. Simulate the building movement in the
vertical, longitudinal and transverse directions to recognize the reason of building
deterioration depending on six survey readings during a time period reaches
about four years nearly after the building inclination. Predicting the horizontal
displacement for the building using two semi-empirical heave equations, Stress
Changes method (according to Rama et al., 1988) and Suction Changes method
(according to Hamberg, 1985). Comparing between the predicted and measured
horizontal displacement for the building.
2) Setting a laboratory testing program to investigate the effectiveness of some
treatment techniques (medium sand, medium sand +5% hydrated lime , expansive
soil +5% hydrated lime and horizontal plastic barrier) in eliminating or damping
the swelling behavior of expansive soil using large scale laboratory model.
3) Measuring the footings heave for untreated and treated expansive soil and
evaluating the effect of footing stress, horizontal plastic barrier locations and
water leakage spacing from footings on the induced heave.
4) Predict the vertical movement of the laboratory footings models using empirical
and semi empirical formulas and comparing the predicted heave with that
measured from the laboratory model.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
4
1.3 Organization of the Present Work:
The thesis is organized in five chapters as follows:
Chapter 2 contains a review for all the available literature related to the topic
classification and identification of expansive soil and employed treatment techniques
used for damping the swelling phenomenon of expansive soil. Also, the methods used
to evaluate the heave associated with wetting and swelling characteristics before and
after treatment.
Chapter 3 presents a case study of a damaged reinforced concrete (RC) building
constructed on the middle Mokattam plateau summarizes the geological formation,
geotechnical properties of the site area, Discuss the causes of cracking and deviations
that occurred to the building. Outline graphical simulation for the measured readings
of the building in the three directions. Predict the horizontal displacement of the
building using empirical and semi empirical formulas. Compare between measured
and predicted values.
Chapter 4 evaluates the swelling behavior of some of the employed treatment
techniques for expansive soil using a large scale laboratory model. The used treatment
techniques were medium sand, medium sand + 5% lime, clay+5% lime stabilization
and plastic horizontal barrier, Taking in consideration the effect of footings stresses,
plastic sheet location and leakage space from footings. Predict the vertical movement
of the shallow foundations using empirical and semi empirical formulas. Compare
between measured and predicted values.
Chapter 5 contains summary, conclusions and recommendations for further studies.
Appendix: contains Tables and Figures.
A summary of the thesis is outlined in the following flow chart.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
6
Chapter 2
LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 General
This chapter concerns the topic foundation on expansive soil and employed treatment
techniques used for damping the heave movements. The classification and
identification of expansive soil are thoroughly discussed. In addition, it presents the
heave prediction of foundation using empirical and semi-empirical equations.
2.2 Swelling Mechanism
Most soil classification systems arbitrarily define clay particles as having an effective
diameter of 2 microns (0.002 mm) or less. Particle size alone does not determine clay
mineral. Probably the most important grain property of fine-grained soil is the
mineralogical composition (Peck et al. 1974). For small size particles, the electrical
forces acting on the surface of the particles are much greater than the gravitational
force. These particles are said to be in the colloidal state. The colloidal particle
consists primarily of clay minerals that were derived from parent rock by weathering.
Methods of engineering classification of soils into swelling potential classes have been
to a large extent based on recognizing the presence of these minerals through their
physical/chemical properties (Olson et al., 2000).
Three most important groups of clay minerals arranged in decreasing order of
potential volume change are; i) Smectite, ii) Illite, and iii) Kaolinite.
The swelling is caused by the chemical attraction of water where water molecules are
incorporated in the clay structure in between the clay plates separating and
destabilizing the mineral structure (Figure 2.1). The magnitude of expansion depends
upon the kind and amount of clay minerals present, cation exchange capacity, clay
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
7
particle size, soil density, soil moisture content, soil structure and organic matter
content among other minor contributing factors.
Figure (2.1): Schematic representation of the structure of Smectite minerals
"Montmorillonites" (Colmenares, 2002).
Where Smectite is the generic name given to all expanding 2:1 phyllosilicates with a
layer charge of 0.4 to 1.2 (Bailey, 1980). The basic structure of a 2:1 mineral is an
octahedral sheet that shares oxygen atoms between two tetrahedral sheets. In
smectites, cation substitution occurs in either octahedral sheet, tetrahedral sheet, or
both. These substitutions determine the properties and chemical composition of the
smectites. Identification of the type and amount of expanding lattice clay minerals in a
soil is fundamental to its swell potential evaluation especially for smectite group,
which includes montmorillonites, those are considered as the highly expansive and
most trouble clay mineral. Particle features and engineering properties of the
important clay minerals are summarized, from Mitchell, 1976 in Table (2.1).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
8
Table (2.1): Characteristics of some clay minerals. (After Mitchell, 1976)
Mineral Group Basal
Spacing (A)
Particle Features Interlayer Bonding
Specific (m2/g)
Surface
Atterberg Limits Activity=PI / clay content
WLL (%)
WPL (%)
WSL (%)
Kaolinites 14.4 Thick, stiff 6-
sided flacks 0.1 to 4 x0.05 to 2um
Strong hydrogen bonds 10-20 30-100 25-40 25-29 0.38
Illites 10 Thin stacked plates 0.003 to 0.lxl.0 to 10um
Strong potassium bonds 65-100 60-120 35-60 15-17 0.9
Montmorillonites 9.6 Thin, filmy,
flakes >10A x1.0 to10 um
Very weak Vander Waals bonds 700-840 100-900 50-100 8.5-
15 7.2
2.3 Classifications and Identifications
Identification of potential swelling or shrinking subsoil problems is an important tool
for selection of appropriate foundation (Hamilton, 1977 and Van Der Merwe, 1964).
Many tests and methods have been developed or modified for estimating shrink-swell
potential. These include both indirect and direct measurements. Indirect methods
involve the use of soil properties and classification schemes to estimate shrink-swell
potential. Direct methods provide actual physical measurements of swelling.
An indication of the potentially expansive nature of earth materials may be deduced in
the field by examination of exposures of the material and by simple field tests. The
accurate identification and study of clay minerals and their expandable properties
should be accomplished in the laboratory. There are many correlations that are useful
for identifying potentially expansive soils. It is also possible to identify them visually.
Visual indications may be (Wayne et al., 1984);
1. Wide and deep shrinkage cracks occurring during dry periods,
2. Soil is rock-hard when dry, but very stiff and sticky when wet,
3. Damages on the surrounding structures due to expansion of soil.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
9
Snethen et al., 1975 summarized the purpose of identification and testing of expansive
soils is to qualitatively and quantitatively describe the volume change behavior of the
soils. The obvious need for qualitative identification is to forewarn the engineer during
the planning stages of the potential for volume change and to generally classify the
potential with regard to the probable severity. Quantitative testing is necessary to
obtain measurable properties for predicting or estimating the magnitude of volume
change the material will experience in order to ascertain approximate treatment and/or
design alternatives. With this in mind, a threefold categorization of identification and
testing techniques is possible.
1. Indirect techniques in which one or more of the related intrinsic properties are
measured and complemented with experience to provide indicators of potential
volume change. These may be grouped according to soil composition;
physicochemical, physical, and index properties; and currently used soil
classification systems.
2. Direct techniques which involve actual measurement of volume change in an
odometer-type testing apparatus. These are generally grouped into swell or
swell pressure tests depending on the need for deformation or stress related
data.
3. Combination techniques in which data from the indirect and direct techniques
are correlated either directly or by statistical reduction to develop general
classifications with regard to probable severity.
Mitchell, 1993 states that methods used to identify clay minerals in soils include X-ray
diffraction, electron microscopy, differential thermal analysis and wet chemical
analysis, this can be considered from the mineralogical point. Many private and
governmental organizations have the personnel and equipment to perform these
identification analyses. Probably the most important technique is X-ray diffraction
(XRD). This method is relatively fast, uses small amounts of material, permits
accurate identification, and may provide a semi quantitative estimation of the amount
of expandable clay minerals present.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
10
Using combinations of the various methods, the different type of clay minerals present
in a given soil can be evaluated quantitatively. But because of the requirements for
special, often expensive apparatus and skills, these mineralogical methods are not
routinely used in civil engineering practice. The following discussions are an attempt
to define the techniques published in the literature with regard to the categories
previously described. As would be expected, the available techniques are quite varied
and numerous, and in some cases categorical delineation may be subjective.
2.3.1 Indirect techniques
Expansive soil as known has a large number of intrinsic properties and ambient
conditions which influence its volume change. Hence, the variety of indirect
techniques for qualifying potential volume change is just as numerous and varied. The
common techniques used are relatively routine. Table (2.2) defines and describes a
majority of the published techniques.
The indirect methods to assess soil expansiveness in terms of swell potential utilize
empirical relationships among easily measured index properties and the one-
dimensional swelling response of soils after they have been brought to some specific
initial state and then inundated. Initial states for swell tests have been specified in
terms of dry unit weight, water content and method of compaction. The swell potential
of a soil is usually described qualitatively using such terms as low, medium, high and
very high corresponding to the amount of one-dimensional volume change occurring
after the test specimen is inundated (Hardcastle, 2003).
The literature contains a considerable number of empirical techniques for assessing the
swelling potential of soils. The indirect measurements can include, atterberg limits,
colloid content, activity method, cation exchange capacity and cation exchange
activity.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
11
Table (2.2): Indirect Techniques for Identification and Classification of Expansive Soils (after Snethen et al., 1975)
Indicator Group
Property and/or method
Description
Soil composition
Clay mineralogy by X-ray diffraction
Measure of diffraction characteristics of clay minerals when exposed to x-radiation. Procedure permits qualitative, and semi quantitative identification of clay mineral components based on structural differences between the clay minerals. Salvation techniques identify expansive clay minerals
Clay mineralogy by differential thermal analysis (DTA)
Identification is based upon exothermic and/or endothermic reactions which occur at particular temperatures. The type of reaction and temperature are functions of mineralogy. Heating rates, grain size, and sample size influence results. Multi component samples we difficult to analyze
Clay mineralogy by infrared radiation
Measure of selective absorption of infrared radiation by hydroxyls in clay minerals. Fair indicator, but not conclusive
Clay mineralogy by dye adsorption
Qualitative indicator based on selective adsorption of different types of dyes by different clay minerals. Accuracy decreases if more than one mineral is present
Clay mineralogy by dielectric dispersion
Measure of the radiofrequency electric properties of clay water systems. Dispersion is the measure of the dielectric constant at two frequencies. Good indicator of type and amount of clay minerals. Some problems evolve when mixtures of different expandable minerals are present in the soil
Physico-chemical
Cation exchange capacity
Measure of the ion adsorption properties of clay minerals. CEC increases from a minimum for kaolinite to a maximum for montmorillonite. Good indicator of hydration properties of clay minerals
Exchangeable cations Measure of the type of cations adsorbed on the clay minera1s. Does not directly relate to swell potential but rather to the expected degree of swell from ion hydration
Physical Colloidal content from hydrometer analysis
Measure of percent by dry weight basis of particles less than 1 micron in size. Indicator of amount of clay but no reference to type of mineral. Not conclusive
Specific surface area of clay particles
Measure of available clay mineral surface area for hydration. Fair indicator of amount of clay mineral and to some extent the type, since montmorillonite minerals are vet-y fine and result in large specific surface areas for given samples
Soil fabric by electron microscopy
No direct measure of swell potential. Primarily used for studies of the influence of soil fabric on volume change
Structure by X radiography
Good for determining the extent of cracks and fractures of undisturbed materials which will influence moisture movement. NO direct measure of swell potential
Index properties
Atterberg limits Measures of the plasticity and shrinkage characteristics of cohesive soils. Liquid limit (LL) and plastic index (PI) correlate reasonably well with swell potential primarily because there are good correlations between them and the type and amount of clay minerals present. For shrinkage limit and shrinkage index (LL-SL) the property of volume reduction is correlated with swell potential because of similarities between the phenomena. Some of the published classifications based on Atterberg limits are :
Raman (1967)
Ranganatham et al. (1965)
Ladd et al.(1961)
Degree of Expansion PI Shrinkage
Index Shrinkage
Index LL
Low <l2 <l5 <20 20-35 Medium 12-23 15-30 20-30 35-50 High 23-32 30-60 30-60 50-70 Very high >32 >60 >60 70-90 Extra high - - - - - - >90
Linear shrinkage Measure of shrinkage from a given moisture content. Reasonably good indication of swell potential
Soil classification system
AASHO A-6 and A-7 and borderline soils to A-4, A-6, and A-7 generally have high swell potentials
SCS Pedo-logical classification system in which the vertisol order is by expansive soils
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
12
2.3.1.1 Atterberg Limits Tests:
The use of Atterberg limits as predictors of soil behavior has been common since their
development. The Testing is relatively inexpensive, re-producible, and fast compared
to many other tests. Plasticity index "the difference between liquid limit and plastic
limit" is the most commonly used indicator of soil expansive behavior. The Atterberg
limits, which include liquid limit, plastic limit, and plasticity index, define moisture
content boundaries between states of consistency in soils (Casagrande, 1948).
Holtz and Gibbs, 1956 demonstrated that plasticity index and liquid limit are useful
indices for determining the swelling characteristics of most clays. Seed et al., 1962b
have demonstrated that the plasticity index alone can be used as a preliminary
indication of swelling characteristics of most clays. Soil plasticity limits used to
identify expansive soils include the shrinkage, plastic and liquid limits and the
plasticity index. Examples of early and still widely used plasticity criteria are given in
(Figure 2.2).
Figure (2.2): Swell potential as a function of soil plasticity index (Seed et al., 1962b)
Range Percent Swell= (0.00216) PI2.44
Swel
l, %
Plasticity index
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
13
The swell potential is defined as the percentage swell soil sample which has soaked
under a surcharge of 1 pound per square inch after being compacted to maximum
density at optimum moisture content according to AASHO test.
Relation between swelling potential of clays and plasticity index was presented by
Chen (1988) as follows;
Swelling Potential Plasticity index Low 0- 15 Medium 10-35 High 20-55
Very high 35 and above
Some authors consider that this potential can be linked to a single parameter. Thus, as
shown in Tables (2.3), (2.4), (2.5) and (2.6) , Altmeyer (1955), Ranganatham and
Satyanarayana (1965), Sowers and Sowers (1970), and Snethen (1980) have proposed
classifications which respectively give the swelling potential as a function of the
shrinkage limit SL, the shrinkage index SI and the plasticity index PI. The shrinkage
index is defined as the difference between the liquid limit LL and the shrinkage limit
SL.
Another classification by Chen (1987) gives the swelling potential as a function of the
plasticity index, the liquid limit and the shrinkage limit, Table (2.7).
Table (2.3): Expansive Soil Classification based on shrinkage limit or linear
shrinkage after Altmeyer (1955)
linear shrinkage Shrinkage limit (%) Probable swell Swelling potential
<5 >12 <0.5 Noncritical
5-8 10-12 0.5-1.5 Marginal
>8 <10 >1.5 Critical
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
14
Table (2.4): Swelling potential after Ranganatham and Satyanarayana (1965)
SI (%) Swelling potential
0-20 Low
20-30 Moderate
30-60 High
>60 Very high
Table (2.5): Swelling potential after Sowers and Sowers (1970).
Swelling potential PI (%) SL (%)
Low <15 >12
Moderate 15-30 10-12
High >30 <10
Table (2.6): Swelling potential after Snethen (1980)
PI (%) Swelling potential
<18 Low
22-32 Moderate
22-48 High
>35 Very high
Table (2.7): Swelling potential after Chen,(1987)
Vijayvergiya and Ghazzaly (1973) have proposed a classification on the basis of the
plasticity limit PL and the plasticity index. The Casagrande plasticity chart is divided
into two zones by the line A (Figure 2.3), with expansive soils above the line and non-
expansive soils below it.
Swelling potential PI (%) SL (%) LL (%)
Low <18 >15 20-35
Moderate 15-25 10-15 35-50
High 25-35 7-12 50-70
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
15
2.3.1.2 Colloid Content Test:
Colloids (or clay) content is defined as the percent by weight of soil particles smaller
than 0.002 mm. Colloids content is usually determined in hydrometer tests. The
influence of colloids content on soil expansion potential is through its indirect
relationship to the density of positive charge deficiency of clay minerals, the finer the
particles in a soil, the greater the likelihood that the soil contains charged particles.
Colloid content as well as Atterberg limits should be included in the routine laboratory
investigation on expansive soils. Figure (2.4) represented the relation of volume
change to colloid content, plasticity index, and shrinkage limit. The author has over
the past 15 years performed many thousands of tests on potential swell and index
properties. For soils with clay content of between 8 and 65%, Seed et al. (1962b)
propose the classification given in Table (2.8) which relates the swelling potential to
the plasticity index.
The swelling potential (S) is defined as the percentage swelling of a clay sample that
has been compacted to the optimum Proctor water content and subjected to a load of 7
kPa. It is given by the following relationship:
S = 1.10-5 Ip 2.24 (2.1)
Table (2.8): Swelling potential after Seed et al. (1962b)
Swelling potential S (%) I p
Low 0-1.5 0-10
Moderate 1.5-5 10-20
High 5-25 20-35
Swelling p
Fig
Plas
ticity
inde
x (%
)
erformance
gure (2.3):
Figu
Plas
ticity
inde
x (%
)
e of some e
: Plot of cl
ure (2.4):
Ac
expansive s
lay minera
Soil class
ctive clay
C
soil treatme
16
als on Cas
sification c
Clay Cont
ent techniq
sagrande’
chart (Ske
In
tent (%)
ques
’s chart (L
empton, 19
Non Act clay
nactive cla
Lucian, 20
953).
tive
ay
06).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
17
Table (2.9): Data for making estimates of probable volume changes for expansive
soils. (After Holtz and Gibbs, 1956)
Data from index tests* Probable expansion, (% total volume
change)
Degree of expansion Colloid content, (%
minus 0.0001mm) Plasticity
index Shrinkage
limit >28 >35 <11 >30 Very high
20-13 25-41 7-12 20-30 High
13-23 15-28 10-16 10-30 Medium
>15 <18 >15 <10 Low
• Based on vertical loading of 1.0 psi.
Other classifications proposed by Bekkouche et al., 2001 and by Chen, 1988 which are
given in Tables (2.10) and (2.11). The first of these is based on the plasticity index and
the percentage of clayey particles (those with a diameter of less than 2 um). The
second is based on the liquid limit and the percentage of particles with a diameter of
less than 74 micrometres.
Table (2.10): Swelling potential after the Bekkouche et al. (2001)
PI(%) % < 2 µm Swelling potential >35 >95 Very high
22-35 60-95 High 18-22 30-60 Moderate <18 <30 Low
Table (2.11): Swelling potential after Chen (1988)
% < 74 µm WLL (%) Swelling pressure (6 years) (MPa)
Swelling potential
>95 >60 1 Very high 60-95 40-60 0.25 - 0.25 High 30-60 30-40 0.15-0.25 Moderate <30 <30 <0.05 Low
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
18
Carter and Bentley, 1991 proposed an empirical equation to calculate the potential
swell (Table 2.12) as follows:
Swell (%) = 60 K ( PI )2.44 (2.2)
Where PI is the plasticity index and K is the constant, equal to 3.6 x 10-5
Table (2.12): Identification of potential swell based on plasticity (Carter and Benley,
1991).
Classification of potential swell Plasticity index (%) Plasticity index (%)
Low (0-1.5%) 0-15 0-15
Medium (1.5-5%) 10-30 15-24
High (5-25%) 20-55 25-46
Very high (25+%) >40 >46
2.3.1.3 Activity Method
Plasticity characteristics and volume change behavior of soils are theorized to be
directly related to the amount of colloidal particles (< 1 μm) in soils (Anderson et al.,
1973; Nelson and Miller, 1992).
For this reason, Atterberg limits and clay content have been combined into a single
parameter called the Activity Ratio (A) developed by Skempton (1953). The activity
ratio, sometimes called the activity index, is defined as follows:
% (2.3)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
19
Skempton suggested three classes of clays according to activity:
• inactive for activities less than 0.75
• normal for activities between 0.75 and 1.25
• active for activities greater than 1.25
Seed, et al., 1960, 1962(a) and Van Der Merwe, 1964 used the colloids content and
Activity to assess swell potential as shown in Figures (2.5) , (2.6a) and (2.6b). Active
clays provide the most potential for expansion. Typical values of activities for the
three principal clay mineral groups are as shown in Table (2.13).
Table (2.13): Typical values of activities for the three principal clay mineral groups
Mineral Exchangeable Ion WLL (%) WPL (%) WPI (%) WSL (%) Activity
Montmorillonite
Na+1 710 54 656 9.9 7.2
K+1 660 98 562 9.3 -
Ca+2 510 81 429 10.5 1.5
Illite
Na+1 120 53 67 15.4 0.9
K+1 120 60 42 17.5 -
Ca+2 100 45 55 16.8 -
Kaolinite
Na+1 53 32 21 26.8 0.33-0.46
K+1 49 29 20 - -
Ca+2 38 27 11 24.5 -
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
20
Figure (2.5): Swell potential as function of colloids content and Activity (Seed et al.,
1960)
Figure (2.6a): Soil swell potential based on size fraction and activity (Seed, 1962a)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
21
Figure (2.6b): Potential severity of volume change for clay soils (Van Der Merwe,
1964).
However, as with most soil systems, the activity classification scheme does not
accurately estimate shrink-swell potential in mixed mineralogy soils. Parker et al. ,
1977 found that the activity index was too imprecise for both mixed and
montmorillonitic mineralogy soils to be useful. However Schreiner, 1988 observed
consistent trends in soil and bentonite/sand mixtures using activity index as an
indicator of shrink-swell potential (Thomas, 1998).
Another way of identifying the expansive soil is to use the activity method quoted by
Carter and Bentley, 1991. The proposed classification chart is shown in Figure (2.6a).
The activity term in the Figure is defined as follows:
(2.4)
Where PI is plasticity index and C is colloids (or clay) content.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
22
2.3.1.4 Free Swell Test
Free swell, in percent, is defined as the ratio of the wet bulk volume to the dry bulk
volume. A small sample (10cm) of dry soil passing the No. 40 sieve is added to a
graduated cylinder and filled with water. Holtz and Gibbs, 1956 stated that soils with
free swells greater than 100 percent can cause considerable damage to lightly loaded
structures. Whereas soils with free swell values below 50% probably do not exhibit
appreciable volume changes. However Dawson, 1953 reported free swell values of
about 50% of several Texas clays showed extensive expansion and this is due to
extreme climatic conditions in combination with the expansion characters of the soil.
2.3.1.5 Soil Expansion Potential (ASTM D-4829)
The expansion index (EI) test is used in California to evaluate building sites (Nelson
and Miller, 1992). This test was developed in Orange County, California in the mid-
1960s and introduced in the Uniform Building Code as UBC Test Standard 29-2. It
was re-designated as UBC Test Standard 18-1 in the 1994 code. This standard was
adopted by ASTM in 1988. Soil material is disaggregated and passed through the #4
sieve and then brought to approximately the optimum moisture content (as determined
by ASTM D-1557). The optimum moisture content equates to approximately 80 to
85% of saturation. After setting for 6 to 30 hours, the moisture-conditioned soil is
compacted into a 4-in diameter mold. The moisture content is then adjusted, if
necessary, to bring the sample to 50% saturation. A 144 psf surcharge is applied and
the sample is wetted and monitored for 24 hours, measuring the volumetric swell. The
Expansion Index is calculated as follows:
EI = 100 x Δh x F (2.7)
Where; Δh = percent swell and F = fraction passing No. 4 sieve
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
23
Section 1803.2 of the 1994 Uniform Building Code directs expansive soil tendency be
graded by this method. The UBC mandates that “special [foundation] design
consideration” be employed if the Expansion Index is 20, or greater (UBC Table 18-1-
B). UBC Table 18-1-C may be applied to gain a “weighted index”, allowing for a
lessening of expansion with increasing depth (confinement).
Table (2.14): Expansion potential from Expansion Index after Uniform Building Code
(1968). Expansion Potential Expansion Index, EI
Very low 0-20
Low 21-50
Medium 51-90 High 91-130
Very high >130
According to ASTM, “The expansion index has been determined to have a greater range and better sensitivity of expansion potential than other indices” (such as Atterberg limits).
2.3.1.6 Cation Exchange Capacity:
The cation exchange capacity (CEC) has been used to estimate shrink-swell potential,
in addition to approximating Atterberg limits and other engineering properties of a
soil. CEC is related to amount and type of clay present in a soil. As clay content and
swelling clays increase in a soil, CEC should elevate and be reflected in an increase in
shrink-swell potential. An Alabama study conducted by Gill and Reaves, 1957 a high
correlation between CEC and plasticity indices of clayey Ultisols, Alfisols, and
Vertisols was observed.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
24
Cation exchange capacity (CEC) is the quantity of exchangeable cations needed to
balance the negative charge on the surface of clay particles and is usually expressed in
milli-equivalents per 100 grams (meq/100g) of dry clay. Figure (2.7) is a relationship
developed by Holt , 1969 in which a normalized cation exchange capacity, CEC , and
the activity are used to indicate the presence of expansive clay minerals without the
need to perform the identification procedures mentioned above. Normalized cation
exchange capacity, CEC, is the conventional cation exchange capacity in milli-
equivalents per 100 grams divided by the colloids content in percent.
High CEC values indicate a high surface activity. In general, swell potential increases
as the CEC increases and the total CEC value is the summation of the individual CEC
values of each of the present clay minerals, as a fraction of the total clay content.
2.3.1.7 Cation Exchange Activity:
Pearring , 1963 used cation exchange capacity, CEC, and plasticity as two parameters
to classify soils as to a predominant mineral type. Pearring normalized these two
parameters based on the percent fine clay content.
This normalization yielded two new parameters, the activity ratio (Ac) and the cation
exchange activity (CEAc) as follows, Figure (2.8) illustrates the classification
developed by Pearring (1963).
c%
% % .
(2.5)
.
% % .
(2.6)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
25
McKeen, 1981 used a mineralogical classification similar to that of Pearring, 1963
defining regions charted against Ac and CEAc axes including predicted COLE values.
Hamberg, 1985 updated the classification chart and included an adjustment for clay
percentage.
Then the approach continued to be refined in Nelson and Miller , 1992 that produced
a more simple general classification scheme using CEAc and Ac axes as shown in
Figure (2.9).
As can be surmised from the discussion above, several physical, chemical, and
mineralogical soil properties influence shrink-swell behavior, with no one property
accurately predicting shrink swell potential for all soil types. Often, most expansive
soils are clayey with high cation exchange capacities, high specific surface areas, and
high liquid limits. Smectite typically comprises a significant portion of the soil clay
fraction.
Figure (2.7): Clay mineralogy as a function of Activity and Cation Exchange Capacity
(Holt, 1969)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
26
Figure (2.8): Mineralogical classification from Pearring,1963.
Figure (2.9): Expansion potential as a function of CEAc and Ac from Nelson and
Miller, 1992.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
27
2.3.1.8 Coefficient of Linear Extensibility (COLE)
COLE is a kind of reverse swelling and is determined in a test involving finding the
dry unit weight of the soil for the two specified conditions (Nelson and Miller, 1992).
The coefficient of linear extensibility (COLE) is used routinely by the National Soil
Survey Laboratory to characterize shrink-swell potential of soils (Soil Survey Staff,
1996).
The COLE test determines the linear strain of an undisturbed unconfined sample on
drying from 33 kPa suction to oven dry suction. The procedure involves coating
undisturbed soil samples (clods), with a flexible plastic resin. The resin is
impermeable to liquid water, but permeable to water vapor. Natural clods of soil are
brought to a soil suction of 33 kPa in a pressure vessel. They are weighed in air and
water to determine weight and volume using Archimedes principle. The samples are
then oven dried and another volume measurement is performed in the same manner.
COLE is a measure of the change in sample dimension from the moist to dry state and
is estimated from the bulk densities of the clod at a suction of 5 psi and oven dry
moisture conditions. The value of COLE is given by:
COLE = ΔL /ΔLD
= (γdB
/γdM
)0.33
-1 (2.8)
where ;
ΔL /ΔLD
= linear strain relative to dry dimensions
γdB
= bulk density of the oven dry sample
γdM
= DBM is bulk density of the sample at field capacity
The National Soil Survey uses COLE as an estimator of clay mineralogy. The ratio of
COLE to clay content is related to mineralogy as shown in Table (2.15).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
28
Table (2.15): Estimation of clay mineralogy using cole:
COLE /Percent Clay Mineralogy
>0.15 Smectites
0.05-0.15 Illites
<0.05 Kaolinites
The COLE index was found to be closely related to a number of soil variables (Parker
et al., 1982). McKeen and Hamberg, 1981 extended the CEAc-Activity relationships
of Figure (2.9) to develop both an approximate method for estimating directly the
qualitative swell potential of a soil based on the COLE and a method for estimating
the COLE value itself.
Once a COLE has been determined, the qualitative swell potential of the soil can be
estimated from COLE and the colloids content using Figure (2.10). If the COLE
values are not available, but activity and cation exchange capacity data are, Figure
(2.11) can be used to identify the appropriate region of Figure (2.10) and thus provide
estimates of both soil expansiveness and COLE. According to the calculated COLE, a
range of soil swell-shrink potential can be distinguished based on data in Table (2.16).
The quantitative swell potential can also be estimated by correlating the colloids
content and the COLE using Figure (2.10).
Table (2.16): Ranges of COLE to determine soil swell-shrink potential (Thomas et al.,
2000).
Soil swell-shrink potential COLE
Low <0.03
Moderate 0.03-0.06
High 0.06-0.09
Very high >0.09
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
29
2.3.1.9 Soil water characteristic curve
McKeen, 1992 incorporates the dimensionless slope of the soil suction-water content
relationship of a soil, Δh/Δw, and the suction compression index, Ch. An example of
the suction-water content relationship for a soil (also called a soil water characteristic
curve or SWCC) is shown in Figure (2.12).
The dimensionless slope of the SWCC is obtained when suction is expressed in units
of pF, and water content is expressed in percent. The suction unit pF is the logarithm
to the base 10 of the suction head, h, expressed in cm of water.
The dimensionless suction compression index, Ch, is the ratio of the change in
dimensionless vertical strain, εvolume, produced by drying or wetting a soil divided by
the change in the suction, in units of pF, accompanying the change in water content.
Figure (2.13) illustrates the definition of suction compression index for one
dimensional volume changes. Classification of soil expansiveness using these criteria
is given in Table (2.17) and (2.18).
Table (2.17): Soil expansiveness classification based on soil properties related to soil
suction (McKeen, 1992)
Category Δh/ Δw (pF/%)
Ch εvol. / pF
Expansiveness Classification
I > -6 -0.227 Very High
II -6 to -10 -0.227 to -0.120 High
III -10 to -13 -0.120 to -0.040 Moderate
IV -13 to -20 -0.040 to NE1 Low
V < -20 1Non-Expansive 1Non-Expansive
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
30
Table (2.18): Expansive Soil Classification based on Atterberg Limits and in situ
suction after Snethen, 1984.
WLL (%) PI (%) Natural Soil Suction Potential Swell % Potential Swell Classification
<30 <25 <1.5 <0.5 Low
30-60 25-35 1.5-4 0.5-1.5 Marginal
>60 >35 >4 >1.5 High
The testing effort required to evaluate the expansiveness of a soil using these criteria
goes well beyond measuring soil index properties, but as was the case for the approach
described in the previous paragraphs, it is possible to use the criteria even if only
index properties are available.
For example, empirical relationships to estimate the soil water characteristic curves
from plasticity and grain size data have been published in both the soil science and
geotechnical literature.
Figure (2.14), from Zapata et al., 2000 gives soil water characteristic curves of fine-
grained soils as functions of plasticity index and percent fines. The curves in the figure
could be used to estimate the slope of the SWCC, and Figure (2.15) could be used to
estimate the suction compression index, Ch, as a function of the slope of the SWCC .
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
31
Figure (2.10): Swell potential as a function of colloids content and COLE (McKeen
and Hamberg, 1981)
Figure (2.11): Soil expansiveness and COLE regions as a function of Activity and
Cation Exchange Capacity (McKeen and Hamberg, 1981)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
32
Figure (2.12): Example of the relationship between soil suction and water content
(McKeen, 1992)
Figure (2.13): Example of the relationship between volume strain and soil suction
(McKeen, 1992)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
33
Figure (2.14) Relation of soil water characteristic curves, soil plasticity and percent
fines (Zapata, et al., 2000)
Figure (2.15): Relation of suction compression index, Ch, to the slope of the soil water
characteristic curve (McKeen, 1992).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
34
2.3.2 Direct techniques
Direct measurements are considered the most satisfactory and convenient method for
determining the swelling characteristics of expansive soils. Direct measurements of
expansive soils can be achieved by the use of the conventional one-dimensional
consolidometer. The direct measurements were developed to determine the swelling
pressure developing in expansive soil when it flooded both from the bottom and from
the top. Researchers used different methods and equipment to investigate the swelling
behavior, there are "four" main methods for measuring the swelling pressure.
2.3.2.1 Constant volume test
In this method, the soil sample involves inundating, the sample in the oedometer while
preventing the sample from swelling. The swell pressure is reported, as the maximum
applied stress required maintaining constant volume. Once the swelling pressure stops
increasing after soaking, the sample may be rebounded by complete load removal or
incremental load removal. Idealized plots of constant volume tests data are shown in
Figure (2.16) (Porter and Nelson, 1980). The analysis of oedometer tests must take
into account the loading and wetting sequence, surcharge pressure, sample disturbance
and apparatus compressibility.
2.3.2.2 Double oedometer test
The double oedometer procedure involves testing two undisturbed samples. One
sample is consolidated at its natural moisture content, the other sample is undated
while subjected to a small initial load and then consolidated under saturated
conditions. Typical results for initially moisture and initially dry sample pairs are
shown in Figure (2.17a). The curve for the sample tested at natural moisture content is
used to obtain the in situ void ratio (e0), corresponding to the total in situ stress, σ0.
The final void ratio (ef), is found from the saturated compression curve after
calculating the final effective stress.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
35
The change in void ratio during heave is:
∆e = ef - e0 (2.9)
where;
e0 = initial void ratio corresponding to the initial total stress(σ0) on the natural
moisture consolidation curve, and
ef = final void ratio corresponding to the final effective stress(σf) on the
saturated consolidation curve.
For initially dry sample pairs, the natural moisture content curve is sometimes
displaced above the saturated curve at high loads as shown in Figure (2.17b) [Burland,
1962]. Burland noted that the amount of displacement between the straight-line
portions of these curves was largely dependent on the initial moisture content. He also
observed that; the rebound portion of the natural moisture content curve was flat when
unloading took place quickly. Burland, 1962 suggested a revised method analysis.
This procedure is shown in Figure (2.17b).
2.3.2.3 Simplified oedometer test
The simplified oedometer test is a modified consolidation swell test. The simplified
procedure was devised as an alternative to the double oedometer test method, initially
proposed by Jennings and Knight, 1957. The simplified procedure involved as a result
of observations made during testing of the natural moisture content samples (Jennings
et al., 1973). In the original tests, the consolidation of a specimen at natural moisture
content was performed solely for the purpose of obtaining the initial condition (e0, σ0)
Figure (2.17a).
Fredlund, 1983 named this method as free swell in oedometer and showed that the
swell pressure of soil is determined through the one-dimensional restrained swell test
by utilizing the oedometer apparatus. The undisturbed soil specimen is cut at its in-situ
moisture content, put in an odometer, saturated and brought to equilibrium under a
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
36
surcharge of about 1 kPa. The load on the specimen is increased periodically until the
height of the specimen returns to origin. For each increment of load, the specimen is
allowed to consolidate fully before the application of the next load. The amount of
swell is recorded with the dial gauge and the maximum vertical stress necessary to
attain original height of sample is the swelling pressure. A graph can be obtained of
height or void ratio against stress (Figure 2.18). This test has the advantage that only
one sample is required and apart from free swell, the consolidation characteristics can
be determined.
That value provided an estimate of the initial in situ void ratio of the saturated
specimen for the prediction of heave. It was recognized that (e0, σ0) could be obtained
by loading a single specimen to (σ0) at its natural moisture content, then unloading to a
light seating load of 0.01 ton/ft2 (0.14 psi or 1.0 kpa) and performing the saturated
swell -consolidation test as usual. The results are illustrated in Figure (2.19a).Other
investigators observed that the slopes of the natural moisture content compression and
rebounded curves were very flat up to the pressure (σ0) [Burland, 1962, Ralph and
Nagar, 1972]. Thus, little error was introduced by assuming that the in situ void ratio
(e0) corresponding exactly with the initial sample void ratio (e0 sample) was as shown
in Figure (2.19b). This simplified oedometer procedure; Jennings et al., 1973 analyzed
previous results obtained from double oedometer tests [Jennings and Kerrich, 1962].
These researchers found that the heave values predicted by the simplified procedure
were close to that predicted by double oedometer analysis. Therefore the simplified
test eliminated the uncertainties associated with effects of very dry soils and
differences in initial void ratios of sample pairs also it eliminated the need to carry
tests to very high loads to locate the virgin compression lines. For large initial loading
values and /or where the curve for the sample at natural water content has significant
slope the simplified procedure can under predict heave ,the double oedometer test
would be preferred in such cases.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
37
Figure (2.16): Typical constant volume swell test results (After Porter and Nelson,
1980).
Figure (2.17): Double oedometer test results, Initially moist sample pair (Jennings
and Kerrich, 1962)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
38
Figure (2.18): Free swell under load in the oedometer (after Fredlund, 1983)
Figure (2.19): Simplified oedometer test analysis (After Jennings et al., 1973)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
39
2.3.2.4 Pre-swell sample method
In the pre-swell method, the specimen is allowed to swell under a token pressure by
submerging the specimen in distilled water. The soil specimen is then loaded and
unloaded following the conventional oedometer test procedure.
The swelling pressure is usually defined as the pressure required recompressing the
fully swollen sample back to the initial volume. An idealized plot of consolidation
swell test data is shown in Figure (2.20), where (σo) represents the stress at which the
sample is wetted and (σs) represents the swelling pressure according to the above
definition.
Figure (2.20): Typical plot of consolidation - swell test results (After Jennings et al.,
1973)
Table (2.19) defines and describes some of the various published procedures in which
the swell and swelling pressure of both undisturbed and remolded soils have been
measured.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
40
Table (2.19): Direct Techniques for Quantitatively Measuring Volume Change of
Expansive Soils (after Snethen et al., 1975).
Method Description Navy method Odometer test on remolded undisturbed samples in deformations under various surcharges are
measured to develop a surcharge versus percent curve. The surcharge versus percent swell curve is related to the depth of clay percent swell curve from which the magnitude of volume change is calculated as the area under the curve
Potential vertical rise method
The correlation of measured volumetric swell of a specimen around pressure of 1 psi) with classification test data PI, and percent soil to determine the Family Number(predetermined correlations) for the soil. The vertical pressures at the midpoints of strata are calculated and used in with Curves to obtain percent volumetric swell under actual loading conditions in each strata. The linear swell is take" as one-third of the volumetric swell which is cumulatively summed to calculate the potential vertical rise
Noble method Odometer on statically compacted samples (total four, two initial moisture contents under two surcharge pressures) measuring deformation. Previously correlated data are consulted to determine the magnitude of volume change with changing loading and initial moisture conditions
Double odometer method Odometer test in which two adjacent undisturbed are subjected to differing conditions. One sample is inundated and allowed to swell to equilibrium, then consolidation-tested using routine procedures. The second sample is consolidated-tested using routine procedures at its natural moisture content The virgin portion of the NMC curve is to coincide with the swell- consolidation curve, and relationships from consolidation theory are used to estimate volume change
Simple odometer method Odometer test using one undisturbed sample which is loaded to its in situ overburden pressure the" unloaded to seating load, inundated, and allowed to swell to equilibrium, the" consolidation- tested using routine procedures. Analytical procedures double odometer method
Sampson, Schuster, and Budge method
Odometer test in which two undisturbed or remolded samples are subjected to different loading conditions. One sample is loaded to the testing machine capacity (32 tsf reported) and consolidated to equilibrium, inundated, unloaded to 0.1 tsf, and allowed to swell to equilibrium. The second sample is loaded to its in situ overburden pressure, inundated, unloaded to the planned structure load, and allowed to swell to-equilibrium. The swelling index and changes in void ratio and consolidation theory are used to determine amount of volume change
Lambe and Whitman method
Odometer test in which undisturbed or remolded samples are consolidation-tested using routine procedures including rebound. Effective stresses are calculated before and after testing, and the associated void ratio changes are determined. From this ∆e/l + eo or ∆H/H* versus depth curves are plotted. Magnitude of volume change is equal to area under the curve
Sullivan and McClelland (constant volume swell) method
Odometer test in which a" undisturbed sample is loaded to its in situ overburden pressure, inundated, and swell pressure by maintaining constant volume, then unloaded to light seating load and the swell measured. Changes in void ratio are taken from the curve corresponding to the initial and final effective stress conditions of the in situ soil. Consolidation theory is used to estimate volume change
Komornik, Wisema", and Ben-Yaacob method
Odometer test on undisturbed samples in which swell is measured under corresponding overburden pressures to develop depth versus percent curve. Magnitude of volume change is equal to area under curve
wong and Yang method Same as previous procedure except that a" additional surcharge equal to the pore water suction at hydrostatic conditions is added. Same analytical procedures
Expansion Index (Orange County) method
Odometer test on compacted samples measuring volume change under l-psi surcharge
Third cycle expansion pressure test method
Used in conjunction with standard R-value test. Swelling pressure is measured at the end of the third cycle of volume development (i.e., swell pressure is developed and relieved twice, then measured after developing the third time)
* ∆e = change in void ratio ; eo = initial void ratio ; ∆H = change in height ; A = height.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
41
2.3.3 Combination techniques
Combination techniques involve the correlation of indirect and direct techniques to
provide better classification groups with regard to severity of volume change and
develop quantitative estimation techniques for ultimate volume change. Commonly
used correlation parameters include Atterberg limits (liquid limit, plastic index,
shrinkage limit), colloidal content, activity, and swell or swelling pressures from
odometer test under various loading conditions.
Generally the techniques result in a categorization of the relative severity of volume
change; however, in some cases prediction equations are obtained from Statistical
comparison of measured properties (Snethen et al., 1975). The following paragraphs
present some of the more widely published techniques with brief descriptions of their
application for heave prediction.
2.4 Heave prediction
The total heave is the maximum potential magnitude of heaving of structure. The
relation between swelling potential in the laboratory and the total heave depends on
some variables such as climate, soil profile, g round water and drainage. Prediction
methods of the amount of total heave can be separated into two broad categories.
These are described as semi-empirical methods and empirical methods (Nelson and
Miller 1992).
2.4.1 Semi-Empirical Methods
They are all based on the oedometer test, which similarly attempts to model field
behavior.
2.4.1.1 Heave prediction using (Texas Method No. 1)
In this method, the oedometer is used directly to model the field conditions. An
undistributed sample from depth "z" is placed in the oedometer and it is loaded with
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
42
the total overburden pressure (σv = σz). Care is taken to preserve the water content.
The additional pressure due to the structure (σv) is then added and the soil is flooded
with water. At this stage the specimen is left until all swelling movements cease. From
then, the test proceeds as a normal consolidation test, the resulting curve is as shown
in Figure (2.19a). The total heave is calculated as consolidation settlement as-
following;
∆H =H×∆e
1+eo (2.10)
Where; H refers to any particular stratum or layer thickness appropriate to the test
which yields e and eo as in Figure (2.19a). This was one of the first methods tried in
South Africa about (1950) on a site where the heave of a structure was already known,
it yielded a result which was about one half of observed heave. This was attributed to
the fact that when the specimen was loaded with the pressure (σv), the fissure in the
soil closed making it very difficult to secure water entry.
2.4.1.2 Heave prediction using double oedometer test
This was devised in the attempt to overcome the difficulties described in the above
method. It was based on the effective stress change theory proposed by Jennings and
Kerrich, 1962. Two adjacent samples are tested, one at the natural moisture content
and the other in a soaked or loaded condition. Flooding is performed at a low vertical
pressure (normally 10 kpa), since at this low pressure the fissure will not be closed and
the water easily enters the soil structure.
A most important observation is that swelling must be observed to take place. To take
account of the commonly observed differences in initial void ratio between adjacent
specimens, the two curves are adjusted to make their virgin lines coincide as shown on
Figure (2.19a) where (eo) is the initial void ratio of the sample which will be soaked
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
43
under the low pressure (1.0 kpa), (es)s is the void ratio after soaking under this low
pressure, and (es) is the void ratio of the soaked specimen under the starting pressure
(10.0 kpa). For the sample at natural moisture content (eo)n is the void ratio under the
saturation pressure (10.0 kpa).
It will be noted that in the natural moisture content test, (σo) is in terms of total stress
while for the soaked test, (σo) is in terms of effective stress.
The first mentioned test is used to obtain the point (eo, σo), the second for the point (ef ,
σf ). Being in terms of effective stress, the final stress (Pf) must therefore include
overburden pressure (σz), pressure increment (∆σz) and the pore water which here is
the negative capillary pressure. The heave is again given by equation (2.11) as
follows;
∆ H = H × ∆e 1+eo
(2.11)
The double oedometer test has worked very well on many sites in south Africa. In
certain circumstances it has been suspected that the predicted heave may be too large
and this observation applies particularly to very dry sand clays as pointed out by
Burland, 1962. This makes the overproduction more important in the upper portions of
expansive clay stratum.
2.4.1.3 Heave prediction using simplified oedometer test
Firth, 1971 drew attention to the fact that in the double oedometer test the natural
moisture content curve is used only for obtaining the point (eo , σo). He suggested that
this could be found by loading the natural moisture content sample (σo) then
unloading to the small pressure (1.0 kpa) and then flooding the sample and proceeding
in the ordinary way employed for the soaked test. All the other features of the double
oedometer test are retained.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
44
The principles of Firth's modification are shown in Figure (2.19a). Ralph and Nagar ,
1972 used the method proposed by Firth to calculate the heave for a profile in
Vereeniging Transvaal an area which is notorious for the heaving subsoil conditions.
These workers made a further observation. The slope of the natural moisture content
curves was so flat up to the loading(σo) that little error was introduced by accepting
that (eo) at (σo) was identical to the (eo) at the (10.0 kpa) load on the specimen.
The simplified test procedure is illustrated in Figure (2.19b). These workers show that
where the soils are drier, the unit heave ∆e1+eo
calculated from simple test (after re-
analyzed by Jennings and Kerrich, 1962 using the principles of the simple oedometer
test) is generally lower than that found from the double oedometer test. The simple
oedometer test appears to be most suitable and convenient method for the prediction of
total heave.
2.4.1.4 Heave prediction using constant volume test
Richard et al., 1969 presented a method for predicting the heave of light structures
from constant volume swell test. The sample in this method is trimmed into the
consolidometer and it is loaded incrementally to a vertical pressure equivalent to total
overburden pressure in the field as shown by dash curve in Figure (2.21).
The load increments are usually held for time intervals ranging between half an hour
and hour. The specimen is then submerged in water, the sufficient load is applied in
small increments to prevent swelling unit the swelling pressure is fully developed. The
measured swelling pressure is an effective stress, because the soil suction has been
nullified and the pore water pressure is zero. The submerged sample is then unloaded
in increments from the swelling pressure to a pressure of 1 kg/cm2. Initial soil suction
equal to the swelling pressure determined from a laboratory test minus the total
overburden pressure, as shown by the horizontal dash line in Figure (2.21).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
45
The amount of heave occurring in an expansive stratum of thickness will be;
∆ ∆
∆ ∆
(2.12)
Where;
∆f is the unit swell of the soil due to stress decrease, and fo , is zero or negative value
indicating slight compression of the sample under overburden pressure before
submergence. The predicted heave from this method over - estimates the observed
heave at the center of one story office building in Texas by about 10 -20 % and this
method is unsuitable for estimating time rate of heave.
Correction factor for oedometer test data using constant volume test
The constant volume oedometer test was recommended by Fredlund, 1983 as the best
testing method for predicting expansive soil movement using the concepts of state of
stress presented above Figure (2.22). The effect of the matric suction stress state
variable is assumed to be transferred upon soaking to the saturated effective stress
plane along the idealized stress path ø-A-2 shown in Figure (2.23) (Fredlund, 1983).
The magnitude of the transferred stress or "matric suction equivalent" will generally
be less than the in site matric suction [Yoshida et al., 1983]. The maximum swell
pressure (ps) as shown in Figure (2.21) theoretically represents the initial stress state,
in terms of an equivalent saturated effective stress. The corrected swell pressure (ps')
may be determined from constant volume test data using a graphical procedure similar
to Casagrande's construction.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
46
Figure (2.21): Laboratory relationship between void ratio and effective pressure(After
Richard et al., 1969).
Figure (2.22): Idealized three dimensional loading surface for unsaturated soils in
terms of void ratio versus indepented stress (After Fredlund, 1983).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
47
Figure (2.23): Correction of constant volume swell test data for sample disturbance
(After Fredlund, 1983).
Figure (2.24): Idealized and actual versus analysis stress path for prediction based on
constant volume (After Fredlund, 1983).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
48
Fredlund, 1983 suggested that a correction should first be applied for the
compressibility of the consolidation apparatus itself. The graphical correction for
sampling disturbance is shown in Figure (2.24). The corrected swelling pressure is
designated as the intersection of the bisector of the formed by these lines and a line
tangent to the curve, which is parallel to the slope of the rebound curve. The corrected
swelling pressure may be as much as two to three times the magnitude of the
uncorrected swelling pressure. The equation for the rebound portion of the oedometer
test can be written as follows;
(2.13)
Where ;
ef = final void ratio.
eo = initial void ratio.
cs = swelling index.
'δf = final effective stress (δo + ∆δ - Uwf)
'δs = corrected swelling pressure.
Total heave is the sum of the displacement in each soil layer and is written in terms of
change in void ratio;
∆ ∆ ∆ (2.14)
Where ;
∆H = total heave,
∆zi = heave of layer (i),
Zi = thickness of layer(i),
∆ei = change in void ratio of layer (i) = (ef - eo) = [ Cs log δf / δs ]i , and
n = number of layers
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
49
2.4.1.5 Heave prediction using stress change method "Closed Form Heave
Equation"
The closed form heave solution was carried out by Rama et al., 1988 for evaluating
the total heave in swelling soils, where the heave prediction requires a knowledge of
some important variables first; the initial in situ state of stress (σi), the second is the
swelling index (Cs), and the third is the finial state of stress (σf).
The initial stress state and the swelling index are commonly obtained from one
dimensional oedometer tests, the final stress state may be strongly influenced by local
experience [Fredlund, 1983]. The stress state variable change between the initial and
final conditions together with the swelling index is used to predict the amount of
heave.
A general equation for the prediction of heave was published by several researches
Rama et al., 1988 stated that the heave stress path follows the rebound curve (i.e., Cs)
from the initial stress state to the final stress state, the equation of rebound portion of
the oedometer test can be written as follows ;
∆ (2.15)
Where;
∆e =change in void ratio (i.e; ef - eo) corresponding to the corrected swelling pressure
(σs ),
eo = initial void ratio,
ef = final void ratio,
Cs = swelling index,
σf = final stress state, and
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
50
σi = initial stress state = corrected swelling pressure σS`
The initial stress state (σ0) can be formulated as the sum of the overburden pressure
and the matric suction equivalent as follows;
σo = ( σv - ua ) + ( ua - uw ) (2.16)
Where;
σv = total overburden pressure,
ua = pore-air pressure, uw= pore-water pressure,
σv - ua = net overburden pressure, and
ua- uw = matric suction equivalent.
Equation (2.20) can be simplified as follows;
σo = σv - uw (2.17)
The final stress state (σf) must account for total stress changes and the final pore water
pressure conditions
σf = σv ± ∆σv - uwf (2.18)
Where :
∆ σv = change in total stress, and
uwf = estimated final pore water pressure.
Rama stated that one of the three possibilities provide the most logical estimation of
the final pore water pressure. First, it can be assumed that the water table will rise to
ground surface creating a hydraulic condition and produces the greatest heave
prediction.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
51
The second, it can be assumed that the pore water pressure approaches zero
throughout its depth, where this assumption may be a realistic assumption, however, it
should be noted that it is not an equilibrium condition. A good agreement between
heave analyses and field data is when zero final pore water pressure was assumed. The
third, it can be assumed that under long term equilibrium conditions the pore water
pressure will remain slightly negative, this assumption produces the smallest
prediction of heave. This is due to the fact that most of the heave occurs in the
uppermost soil layer where the matric suction change is largest. The heave of an
individual soil layer can be written in terms of change in void ratio as follows;
∆
∆ (2.19)
Where;
∆hi = heave of an individual layer,
hi = thickness of the layer under consideration, and
∆e = change in void ratio of the layer.
The change in void ratio in equation (2.15) can be substituted by equation (2.19) to
give the following form
∆ (2.20)
Where;
σf = final stress state in the soil layer, and
σo = intial stress state in the soil layer.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
52
The total heave from several layers (∆H) is equal to the sum of the heave for each
layer;
∆ ∆ (2.21)
2.4.1.6 Heave prediction using suction change method
Hamberg, 1985 showed that the relationship between void ratio and water content, to
be linear over a range of water contents greater than the shrinkage limit, and this
relationship is shown in Figure (2.25). The slope of the curve is designated Cold index
(Cw) and is equivalent to the compressibility factor (α).
The parameter (Cw) is an index of volumetric compressibility with respect to water
content and is defined as the ratio between the suction index with respect to void ratio
and the suction index with respect to water content. The parameter (Cw) is defined as
the modulus ratio and is given by;
∆∆ 2.22
The heave (∆Zi) for a uniform layer of thickness (zi) can be determined from this equation;
∆∆e1 eo
∆w
1 eo 2.23
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
53
The total heave (∆H) is the sum of all increments of heave for each layer and equal
∆ ∆∆w
1 eo (2.24)
Hamberg, 1985 concluded that the equation is similar in concept to that of Fredlund,
1983 but it considers heave only due to suction changes and not changes in effective
stress. Initial water content profiles can be measured during the preliminary site
investigation. The final water content profile after construction must be predicted on
the basis of soil and ground water conditions and environmental factors. In areas of
shallow ground water, it may be reasonable to assume that full saturation with zero
suction could develop to the near surface. Experiments conducted at Colorado State
University have provided data on seasonal variations of water content profiles under
floor slabs (Hamberg, 1985). On the basis of those experiments and measurements of
suction on the pierre shale to depths greater than 25 ft. (8m) using the filter paper
method, an idealized initial and finial water content profile was developed by
Hamberg, 1985 as shown in Figure (2.26). Although the active zone was deeper than 6
ft (1.8m) moisture variation below 6 ft was small at the time of heave prediction. It
was observed that generally the initial water content near the surface did not fall much
below the shrinkage limit. Also the maximum water content under the simulated floor
slab did not significantly exceed the plastic limit. Consequently, as shown in Figure
(2.26), these values represented the minimum and maximum water contents at the
surface for initial and finial water contents profiles respectively.
An extensive laboratory and field study was conducted by the U.S. Army corps of
Engineers Waterways Experiment Station (WES), to evaluate soil suction and
mechanical prediction models for foundation design (Johnson, 1977). Comparison of
laboratory procedures between suction test methods and the oedometer test method
showed that, suction test methods were simpler, more economical and more expedient
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
54
(Johnson, 1977). The suction index was not measured directly, but was calculated as
follows;
Cw = α Gs /100 B (2.25)
Where; α =compressibility factor (slope of specific volume versus water content
relationship),
B= slope of suction versus water content relationship, and
Gs= specific gravity of solids.
The compressibility factor (α) may be estimated from the following empirical
relationships (Croney et al., 1958)
α = 0 P.I<5
α = 0.0275 PI-0.125 5<P.I < 40
α =1.0 P.I > 40
The suction index (Cw) appears to be related to the swell index Cs, when α is less than
unity and to the compression index Cc when α is equal to one.
The following equation was found to be adequately represent in the suction - water
content relationships for numerous clay soil with suction ranging from 15 psi to 750 psi
(10.0 to 5000kpa):
log (Ua – Uw) =A + B WC (2.26)
Where;
Ua - Uw = soil suction, and
Wc = gravimetric water content.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
55
Figure (2.25): Void ratio versus water content (After Hamberg, 1985),
Predicted soil suction (Kpa)
Figure (2.26): Idealized moisture boundary profile for the Pierre Shale, fort collins
(Hamberg, 1985).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
56
A modified test procedure was developed at the new Mexico Engineering Research
Institute to predict heave beneath air field pavements [Mckeen and Hamberg, 1981].
The CSU-COLE test was developed to provide a simpler and more informative test
for- routine engineering application.
The basic difference between the CSU-COLE test and the COLE test procedures is
that samples are brought to a variety of initial moisture conditions before the first
Saran coating in the CSU-COLE test. The initial soil suction of each sample is then
measured independently, using thermocouple psychrometer or filter paper denser.
After the initial suction measurement, the soil samples are coated with resin according
to the COLE procedure specifications, and the initial sample volumes are measured.
The samples are allowed to dry slowly in the air, with periodic volume and weight
measurements taken until each sample reaches a content weight under laboratory
humidity conditions. The samples are then oven dried for 48 hours and a final volume
and weight measurement is taken.
This data provides the void ratio and water content. Although void ratio is related to
soil suction, it can also be related to water content because the latter is also directly
related to suction.
From the heave prediction using [CSU -COLE] can be concluded that;
a) Heave prediction in this method only due to suction changes and not due to
changes in effective stress.
b) Final moisture content did not exceed the plastic limit near the water.
c) Moisture cont did not change after the active depth approximately reached zero.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
57
Hamberg, 1985 summarized the definitions of Volume Change Indices by different
methods with Respect to Suction Changes as shown in Table (2.20).
Table (2.20): Definitions of Volume Change Indices with Respect to Suction Changes
(after Hamberg, 1985) 2.4.1
Reference Symbol Definition Typical Values
Formation or Soil Type
Location
Fredlund, 1979 Cm Slope of void ratio versus log matric suction: Cm = ∆e/∆ log (ua - uw)
0.1-0.2 Regina clay Canada
Johnson, 1977 CT Slope of void ratio versus log matric suction, approximated by CT = αG,/100 B where α= compressibility factor (0 < α < 1), B = slope of the suction versus water content relationship
0.07 0.15-0.21 0.09-0.23 0.07-0.15 0.13-0.29
Loess Yazoo clay
Upper Midway Pierre Shale Marine clay
Mississippi Mississippi
Texas Colorado
Sicily
Lytton. 1977 McKeen, 1981
γh Slope of the volumetric strain versus the log of total suction: ∆ /
∆ where
∆e/(1 + eo) = volumetric strain, h = total suction
0.02-0.18 0.02-0.20 0.05-0.22
Engle ford Yazoo clay
Mancos
Texas Mississippi
New Mexico
Aitchison and Martin (1973)
I''pt Slope of vertical strain versus the log of total suction: I''pt = εv / ∆ log h (ua - uw)
0-0.08
Fargher et al. (1979)
I''pm
Slope of vertical strain versus the log of matric suction: I"pm = εv /∆ log (ua - uw)
0-0.11 Red-Brown Clay
Adelaide, S. Australia
I"ps Slope of vertical strain versus the log of solute (osmotic) suction: I"ps = εv /∆ log л
0-0.20
Grossman et al., 1968 U.S.D.A. Soil Conservation Service, 1971
COLE Value of linear strain corresponding to a suction change from 33 kPa to oven dry: COLE = ∆L/∆LD = ( γd / γw ) 0.33 –1 where ∆L/LD = linear strain relative to dry dimensions, γD = bulk density of oven dry sample, γw = bulk density of sample at 33 kPa suction
0-0.17 Western and Midwestern U.S. soils
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
58
Abdel-Moaty, 1999 compared between observed and predicted swelling percentages
of soil specimens beneath isolated footing model rested directly on expensive soil. The
prediction was done using stress change method (Rama et al., 1988), suction changes
method (Hamberg, 1985), Brackely et al., 1983 and Seed et al., 1962 empirical
equations, the results of comparison were summarized in Table (2.21).
Table (2.21): Comparison between measured and predicted footing heave percentage
(after Abdel-Moaty, 1999)
Sample No.
Footing Stress
σ (kg/cm2)
Final Measured Footing Heave
Percentage (∆h/H)fm %
Final Predicted Footing Heave Percentage (∆h/H)fp %
Rama et al., 1988
Hamberg, 1985
Brackely et al., 1983
Seed et al., 1962
C-1 0.5 22.38 36.2 57.4 21.25 47.1
0.0 23.38 55.5 57.4 21.82 47.1
C-2 0.5 21.50 48.6 78.6 29.1 89.0
0.0 25.00 98.2 78.6 29.9 89.0
C-3 0.5 21.30 26.5 64.9 15.3 52.5
0.0 21.40 54.9 64.9 15.8 52.5
The Comparison between measured and predicted heave of footing model test show
that:
a) The predicted footing heave using stress change method ranging from one to three
times the measured footing heave. For the soil have small clay content and small
swelling pressure values the stress changes method give the good agreement results.
b) The predicted footing heave using suction changes method ranging from two to
three times the measured footing heave.
c) The predicted footing heave using empirical heave equation suggest by Brackley et
al., 1983 ranging from 0.75 to 1.0 the measured footing heave
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
59
d) The predicted footing heave using empirical heave equation suggest by Seed et al.,
1962 ranging from two to four times the measured footing heave.
The comparison shows that the value of predicted heave of footing using equation
suggested by Brackley et al., 1983 is a good agreement with that measured from
laboratory footing model test .This means that the predicted footing heave is mainly
affected by the geotechnical of expansive clay deposits within the active depth.
2.4.2 Empirical Methods
These empirical expressions relate the swelling parameters to the geo technical
parameters that are determined by means of identification tests (Yilmaz, 2006).
• Seed, Woodward and Lundgren, 1962 established the following simplified
relationship;
S = 60 K (P.I) 2.44 (2.27)
Where;
S = swell potential,
K = 3.6 X 10-5 and is constant, and
P.I= plasticity index.
This equation is applied only to soils with clay contents between (8% -65%) and the
computed value is probably accurate to within about 33% of the laboratory determined
swell potential.
• Van der Merwe, 1964 developed a simple formula using potential expansiveness
and a factor to account for decreasing heave with depth. The potential expansiveness
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
60
of the soil is determined from Figure (2.27) based on the plasticity index and clay
content.
The expansive soil layer is divided into (n) layers. The total heave (p) is estimated by
the following equation;
∆ (2.28)
Where ,
D =Depth of soil layer in increments of 1 foot
Fi = reduction factor for layer (i) where ( F= 10 –D/20 ) , and
PEi = Potential expansiveness in inch / foot of depth.
The potential expansiveness is assumed as follows:
Very high PE=1 inch per. foot depth
High PE=l/2 inch per. foot depth
Medium PE=l/4 inch per. foot depth
Low PE=0 inch per. foot depth
The reduction factor curve was developed for an area in South Africa using double
oedometer test results. This method is used often in South Africa. However, it does not
consider initial soil conditions such as water content, suction or density. It should be
used only as an indicator of heave and not for quantitative predictions.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
61
(a)
(b)
Figure (2.27): Relationships for determining (a) Plasticity index (P.I) and (b)
Reduction factor (P) for Van Der Merwe’s empirical heave prediction methods (After
Van Der Merwe, 1964).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
62
• Schneider and Poor, 1974 developed statistical relationships for Texas clays
between measured swell for various surcharges, and the plasticity index and water
content. They presented the equations shown in Table (2.22) for prediction of
percent swell (Sp).
Log Sp = F ( P.I / Wc ) - C (2.29)
Where;
Sp = percent swell,
P.I = plasticity index,
Wc= initial water content, and
F , C = factors depend on the surcharge.
Table (2.22): Prediction of swell percent (After Schneider and Poor, 1974). Surcharge
(Kg/cm2) Log Sp
0.0 0.90(PI/W)-1.19
0.3 0.65 (PI/W)-0.93
0.5 0.51 (PI/W)-0.76
1.0 0.41 (PI/W)-0.69
2.0 0.33 (PI/W)-0.62
• Nayak and Christensen method, 1974 The method involves the development of
two statistical relationships, one for swell and the other for swelling pressure, in terms
of plasticity index, percent clay content, and initial moisture content. The developed
relationships are:
. . . (2.30)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
63
where
SP= predicted swell percentage
PI = plasticity index, percent
C = clay content, percent
Wi = initial moisture content
and
. . . (2.31)
where
Pp = predicted swelling pressure, psi
The correlation with measured odometer data was very good. Here again, experience
with the method outside the area of its development is somewhat limited.
• Weston, 1980 presented a method of calculating swell based on the liquid limit
which can be determined more accurately than plastic index. This method is an
improvement on Van der Merwe’s method to take into account the moisture content.
Swell (%) = 0.00041(WLW)4.17(P)-0.386 (w i)-2.33 (2.32)
Where;
% 0.425 (2.33)
P = vertical pressure in kN/m2 (kPa), under which swell takes place
wi = initial moisture content (%)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
64
• Pidgeon, 1987 produced a more friendly-user empirical relation for the
determination of free swell was proposed by Pidgeon (1987). The swelling potential is
calculated as follows:
%
(2.34)
where
FS = free swell (%)
P = pressure induced by the foundation and the overburden (kPa)
Ps = swelling pressure of the soil (kPa)
• Vijayvergiya and Ghazzaly, 1973 proposed a model gives the following
relationships:
log S = 1/12 ( 0.4LL − Wn +5.5) (2.35)
log S =1/19.5(6.242γd +0.65 LL−130.5) (2.36)
where
s = swell (%)
γd = the dry weight density in kN/m3
LL and Wn are liquid limit and the natural water content.
• Komornik and David method, 1969 suggested another statistical comparison of
measured data which provides a relationship for predicting swelling pressure using
liquid limit (LL), natural dry density (γd), and natural moisture content (Wi).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
65
The relationship for predicted swelling pressure is:
. . . . (2.37)
where
The dry density in Kg/cm3 and swelling pressure are in kg/cm2.
• Bekkouche et al, 2001 presented a model which estimates the swelling magnitude
as a function of the load present in the soil. This model is written as follows:
. . . . . (2.38)
Thus, when the magnitude of swelling is nil (εs= 0), the free swelling pressure will be
given by
..
(2.39)
In the two relationships above, the plasticity index Ip and the natural water content wn
are expressed in percentages while the swelling pressure ps is expressed in kPa.
• Brackley et al., 1983 presented an empirical equation for the prediction of the
swell of expansive clay. It is derived from the results of laboratory swell tests upon
compacted samples, the equation takes account of the soil composition, initial
moisture content, density and the magnitude of the external pressure applied to the
soil.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
66
The relative importance of these different factors is difficult to gauge for this the
equation is introduced to model their inter-relationship to give an understanding of
swell behaviour and provide an indication of the effect of changes in the variables; the
equation is presented as follows;
SP=(5.3-(147e/PI)-log10P)(0.525PI+4.1-0.85Wc) (2.40)
Where;
Sp = potential percentage swell,
e = original void ratio,
P = external pressure in kilopascals,
Wc = original moisture content in percent by mass, and
P.I = the plasticity index.
Brackley et al. (1983) developed the relationship between swell percent and original
moisture content for four sites; he found that the swollen moisture content (Ws)
could be expressed as a function of the plasticity index.
Ws = 0.62PI + 4.S (2.41)
And the swelling pressure could also be defined in terms of plasticity index,
log10 Ps = 5.3- (147e/PI) (2.42)
Predictions from equation (2.40) have been compared with data of Yevnining
and Zaslavsky, 1970 where the prediction values of swell were much lower than that
actually measured, but the relationships found by Yevnining and Zaslavsky, 1970
were qualitatively similar. The discrepancy is attributed to differences in test
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
67
methods. Thus the equation (2.40) will give an indication of the effects of changes in
the variables that cause swell, and may be used for swell prediction. However, it is
sensitive to small changes in the variables, and more tests results are required to
produce a more accurate form of this equation.
Many other empirical procedures exist which have not been discussed here, but they
could be summarized as shown in Table (2.23) [El-Sohby et al, 1995], which
classified the empirical methods to three categories; The first includes those methods
which correlate the swell percent and swelling pressure to some of the physical
properties of soil such as liquid limit, plasticity index, clay content, type of clay
minerals represented by clay activity. The second includes those methods which take
into consideration the above factors as well as the initial dry density as a descriptive
factor for the soil fabric (voids and solids) and soil structure. The third includes those
methods which take into account all the factors considered in the first and second
category in addition to the pressure applied during the soil deformation.
The empirical methods have a major disadvantage that they are based on a limit
amount of data and actually apply only in the region for which they were developed.
Caution should be exercised in their use. Their primary value is as an indicator of
expansion potential.
The shown empirical methods (models) are very useful to determine the swelling
properties of soils but cannot be precisely used for all types of clay. There is a need to
collect enough data in each area in order to develop specific models for specific type
of clay.
As with the direct and indirect techniques, no universally applicable technique has
been described for an accurate assessment of the potential volume change. However,
experiences within localized areas have indicated reasonably good results using many
of the techniques previously described.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
68
Table (2.23): Correlations for swelling soils. (After El-Sohby et al, 1995).
Category Reference Correlation Factors
(1) Seed et al. (1962) Sp= 2.16* 10 ^-3(PI)2.44
= 4.13 * l0-4(Sl)2.67
= 3.6* 10-5(A)2.44*(C)3.44 Sp: Swell percent under 7kpa
PI = WL - Wp SI = WL - WS A = PI/C C: % <2u
Van Der Merewe (1964) Sp= 100/n ΣFHPE
PE to be determined from PI-C chart FH = 10H/20 and H: layer thickness (foot)
PI and C
Zacharias & Ranganathan (1972)
Sp = -225 + 290 (WL - W100) / SI + 1.2 SI/Sr
SI = WL - WS
W100 at Sr =100 % WL
Vija & Ghazzaly(1973) Log Sp = 1/12 (0.40 WL - Wo +5.5) Sp: swell percent under load=10 Kpa
WL , W0
Schneider & Poor (1974) Log Sp = 0.9 (PI/W) - 1.19 for no surcharge PI , W
Nayak & Chritensen (1974) Sp = 0.0229 (PI) (1.45 C/Wo) - 6.38 for load 7kpa log Ps = 0.0358 (PI)0.5 (C/W)2 + 3.7912 Ps : swelling pressure in t/m2
Pl , C , Wo
Dedier el al. (1973) Log Ps = 0.0294 C- 1.923 Ps in kg/cm2 C %
Vija & Ghazzaly(1973) Log Ps = 1/12 (0.40 WL - Wo - 0.4) Ps in kg/cm2 WL , W0
Zacharais & Ranganathan (1972)
Ps=(-225/6.4)+(229/6.4)(WL-W100)/SI+(1.2/6.4)(SI/Sr) WL , Wl00 , Sr
Popescu (1983) Ps = 0.5735 PI - 10.9196 PI
(II) Komorinik & David (1969) Log Ps = 2.132+0.0208WL-6.65* 104γd -0.0269Wo
Ps in kg/cm2, γd in kg/cm3 γd , WL ,W0
Dedier et al. (1973) Log Ps = 2.55 (γd/γw) - 1.705 γd
Vija&Ghazzaly (1973) LogSp= 1/19.5 (γd + 0.65 WL- 130.5) LogPs= 1/19.5 (γd + 0.65 WL- 139.5) Ps in t/ft2, γd = lb/ft3
γd , WL
El Sohby & Rabbaa ( 1981) Log Ps = 2.17 (γd + 8.4*10-3C - 1.8) for sand clay Log Ps = 2.5(γd + 6*10-3 C-1.6) for silt clay Ps in kg/cm2, γd in t/m3
γd , C
El Sohby & Mazen (1987) Log Ps = 2.17 (γd + 0.1 WL - 2.0) for sand-clay Log Ps = 2.5 (γd + 7* l0-3 WL - 1.83) for silt-clay
γd , WL
El Khoraibi et al. (1991) logP,=0.2258Ac[L(As-2)/Bs]1/2 + 3.1623L(γd)l/2 -0.034 L(Wc/Bs) + 2 where Ps in KN/m2, γd in KN/m3
Ac=PI/Cn% Gs , γd ,Wc% α=Wc%/γd L=αGs , As,Bs suction parameters
(III) Brackley et al. (1975) Sp = (5.3 - 2.77e-log10P)(32.4 - 0.85W) Log Ps = 5.3 - 2.77e where P and Ps in kpa
P , e , W e=(Gs.γw/γd)-1
Weston (1980) Sp = 4.11 *10-4 (WL) 4.17 (P) -0.386 (W)-2.33 P , e , W
Brackley et al. (1983) Sp = [5.3-(147 e/PI)- logP) (0.525PI - 0.85 W + 4.1) Log Ps = 5.3 - 147 (e/PI) where P and Ps in kpa
P , PI , W e=(Gs. γw/γd) -1
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
69
2.5 Treatment of expansive soils
Many treatment procedures are available for expansive soils (Chen, 1988; Nelson and
Miller, 1992). Removal of expansive soil and replacement with a non-expansive
material is a common method of reducing shrink-swell risk. If the expansive soil or
stratum is thin, then the entire layer can be removed. However, frequently the soil or
stratum extends to a depth too great to remove economically.
Pre-wetting a site to increase the moisture content can eliminate an expansive soil
problem if the high moisture content can be maintained. Soils with low hydraulic
conductivity may take years to pre-wet and conversely soils with high hydraulic
conductivity may never sufficiently wet. Most pre-wetted clay sub-grades are injected
with water to a depth that will nearly eliminate sub-grade swell potential. After this
process, they are either covered with a polyethylene sheet retain moisture, kept wet
by sprinkling, or built on fairly quickly. Vertical or horizontal moisture-loss
barriers have been installed in only a few cases in the past, but their use is becoming
more frequent. The combined effect of a moistened sub-grade and moisture barriers,
when applied correctly, can be very successful. The application of moisture treatment
coupled with proper degrees of compaction has been utilized extensively (Petry and
Little, 2002).
Stabilization of clay sub-grades is a popular alternative for geotechnical engineers
considering the economics of construction with expansive clay soils. They must
choose among traditional stabilizers and new, nontraditional stabilizers that are not
backed by as much field experience or independent research results. Two construction
factors have strongly affected the quality of chemical stabilization: moisture and
degree of pulverization. First, sub-grades are rarely pre-wetted but are brought to the
required water content during construction; often they are worked dry of optimum,
resulting in incomplete chemical reactions due to lack of water. Second, the degree of
pulverization is often substandard. Lime must react intimately with particles to enact
the pozzolanic process; the larger the soil particles, the longer that process will take.
A summary of widely used treatment techniques is shown in the following flow chart.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
71
2.5.1 Miscellaneous Treatments
Methods categorized as miscellaneous in this report include replacement fill,
remolding and compaction, pre-wetting, and sub-drainage.
2.5.1.1 Replacement Fill
Removal of natural expansive sub-grade material and replacement with a
nonexpansive material is a most obvious method of eliminating swell problems. In
some cases this approach may be economical if the expansive stratum is thin and
replacement materials are available. Unfortunately, this is generally not the case, and
the excavation and replacement solution is extended only to a depth which will reduce
swelling to a tolerable minimum. Hence the required depth of excavation depends
upon the expansiveness of the soil and the anticipated weight of backfill and structure
which counteract the uplift forces of the swelling soil. The selection of the particular
non expansive backfill material is critical. Replacement materials have included non-
expansive borrow as well as expansive soils treated with lime or other swell-
prevention chemicals.
Abdullah, 2002 found that the direct method (Texas Highway Department Method
TEX-124-E) and Double oedometer Method overestimate the footing heave. The
reason for such over prediction is that the swell condition under a finite loaded area is
not one-dimensional (manifested in the vertical direction) as assumed by these
methods. Soil expansion under the influence of finite loaded areas is multidimensional
where vertical and lateral swells take place simultaneously. The moisture content and
the amount of applied footing pressure are two important factors, which influence the
value of the induced heave. Awad, 2005 and Abdel-Hady, 2007 in arecent study
explained that the swelling potential of untreated expansive soil is not affected by the
size of tested soil sample
Oedometer results:
Numerous works have been done to study the swelling properties of treated expansive
soil in the oedometer using sand replacement (e.g. Satyanaryana, 1969; Moussa et al.,
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
72
1985). Marie et al. (2000) studied the improvement of expansive soil using three types
of cushions: sand+5% lime cushion, sand cushion, and clayey silt cushion, for clay
content of 20%. They concluded that: i) sand+5% lime cushion proved to be the best
cushion to achieve a higher reduction in the swelling potential and swelling pressure,
ii) sand cushion or clayey silt cushion causes almost the same reduction in swelling
potential and swelling pressure.
Laboratory modeling results:
The behavior of footing resting on treated expansive soil using sand replacement has
been investigated (Abouleid and Reyad, 1985, Awad 2005, Awad and Abdel-Hady,
2005, Abdel-Hady, 2007).
Abouleid and Reyad, 1985 carried out a series of tests using laboratory model for a
shallow footing. The heave of footing for different parameters was measured as a
function of time due to wetting. According to this study, the following was concluded:
i. Providing sand cushions beneath isolated footing is considered avery effective
arrangement to minimize the foundation displacement tp a reasonable and
practical value that the structure could colerate.
ii. Increasing the thickness of sand cushions beneath footing reduces the maximum
vertical rise of foundation to acertain small value beyond which any increase in
the cushion height results in avery slight and rather negligible reduction in
foundation movement.
iii. The effective height of sand depends of footing breadth and the thickness of the
clay layer under the foundation.
iv. The effective value of cushion height was found to be 1/3 of the foundation
breadth (B).
v. Providing sand cushion with breadth equal to double the footing width reduces
the expected maximum vertical rise of the foundation by 95% of its value in
case of no cushion used and by 77% of its value in case of both the cushion and
footing have of equal breadths.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
73
vi. Applying surcharge pressure to the clay surface around the footing area
resulting ahigher up raising pressures on the footing and prevents further
settlement.
Although the utilization of sand replacement below shallow isolated footings is
considered, as an adequate technique for reducing both swelling and swelling pressure
of expansive soils, but Ahmed, 2000 investigated that its capability tends to be less for
raft foundations than for isolated footings, after discussing the field monitoring results
of this building of isolated reinforced concrete footings resting on plain concrete raft
and cushioned with sand. He indicated that the utilized foundation arrangement leads
to negligible reduction in the swelling pressure in the range of 5.78 to 6.67 %, while
the reduction in swelling percent is ranging between 10.4 to 20%, these results
attributed why the building does not reach the stability condition as expected with the
assignment of sand cushion. Accordingly Ahmed, 2000 confirmed that the validity of
sand cushions in damping swelling depends on the presence of unconfined free zones
between footings permitting the upward movement of soil outside the boundaries of
shear zones. Therefore, the use of cushioned raft foundations without some foundation
details or special technique to allow the upward movement of soil will be insufficient.
Awad and Abdel-Hady , 2005 measured the final heave of laboratory model footings
models resting on untreated and treated expansive soils using sand-lime cushion (soil
clay content of 35%) and concluded that: i) the dry density of medium sand-lime
cushion was maximum at lime content 10%, ii) the optimum water content increased
with the increase of lime ratio, iii) the measured final heave of the footings and ground
surface decreased as lime ratio of the cushion increased to a certain value (lime ratio
of 10%) then, it increased as lime ratio increased, iv) the relative movement between
the footings was approximately equal to zero (lime ratio ≤ 10%), then it increased as
lime ratio of the cushion increased, v) the measured final footing heave (sand-30 %
lime) was approximately 1.5 times that of the untreated expansive soil.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
74
Comparison between oedometer and laboratory modeling results:
From the abovementioned mentioned literature review, it is clear that the
investigations in the Egyptian practice are limited to one type of Egyptian expansive
clay whose clay content is less than or equal to 50%, using oedometer tests.
Awad, 2005 in a present work carried out more investigations using soil specimens
with different clay contents treated with different lime contents. He used both
oedometer and one dimension laboratory model tests (Figure 28) to study the effect of
sample size on the swelling properties of the tested soils and to investigate the effect
of sand-lime cushion on suppressing the heave of expansive soil. He also determined
the swelling potential and swelling pressure also using direct measurement tests for
treated and untreated expansive soils. Table (2.24) shows the soil properties used in
test. Some of the results are shown in Figures (2.29, 2.30 and 2.31)
Table (2.24): Properties of untreated expansive soils (after Awad, 2005)
Property Soil A Soil B Soil C Classification
Clay Content (Cn) % 100 75 50 Very highly expansive (Holtz, 1959)
Liquid Limit (wL.L) %
136.3 98.8 91.8 Montmorillonite mineral (mg)
(Chen, 1988)
Plastic Limit (wP.L) % 33.9 26.4 19.7 Critical expansive soil
(Altmeyer, 1955) Shrinkage Limit
(wS.L) % 9.8 9.6 9.4
Critical expansive soil (Altmeyer, 1955)
Plasticity Index (P.I) %
102.4 72.4 72.1 Very high expansive (Holtz and
Gibbs,1956)
Activity 1.024 0.96 1.44 -
Swelling Pressure (kg/cm2) *
8 7 1.9 -
Swelling potential (%)*
23 19 7 -
* Jennings et al., 1973
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
75
Figure (2.28) Laboratory model test set up (after Awad, 2005).
Figure (2.29): Swelling- log stress of expansive soil model and oedometer ( clay
content 100%) (after Awad, 2005).
Loading plate
Dial gauge
Screw pin
Mould
Soil specimen
Mould base
Porous plate
Mould seat
Weights
Water tank
Main lever
Sand cushion
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
76
Figure (2.30): Swelling potential of treated soil-lime content in oedometer and model
(after Awad, 2005).
Figure (2.31): Swelling potential of treated soil-lime content in oedometer and model
(after Awad, 2005).
Based on the experimental study, it was found that:
(a) The swelling properties of treated soil are the same for sand cushion and sand
mixed with 5 % lime, while the sand+5% lime replacement improved the compaction
degree of sand replacement layer.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
77
(b) For clay contents of 50 and 75%, the swelling potential of treated expansive soil is
approximately constant with lime content. While in case of clay content 100%, the
swelling potential is approximately constant up to 5% lime content, then it increases
as lime content increases to a certain value (lime content=10%), then it becomes
approximately constant (lime content > 10%).
(c) The swelling pressure of treated soil is approximately constant at lime content ≤
5%, then it increases as lime content increases up to a lime content of 10% in
oedometer tests, and 20 % for laboratory model tests, then it is approximately constant
with lime content.
Awad and Abdel-Hady, 2005 investigated the final heave of the laboratory footings
models resting on untreated and treated expansive soil using sand-lime cushion. The
moisture content distribution under the footing and ground surface due to leakage of
the water source were also determined. The parametric study of this research took into
consideration the effect of water source distance from the footings and lime content of
the cushion on the heave-time and moisture content profile relationships. The lime
content of the cushion was ranging from 0 to 30%. Two identical square footing (FA
and FB) were investigated for untreated and treated soils.
The footing width (B) was 4cm and the footing stress was 23kN/m2.The water feeding
source distance from the footings was varying from 0.5 to 10.5 footing width (2 to 42
cm) and was entering at the bottom of the specimen. The thickness of sand cushion
was kept constant at half footing width. A very high swelling potential expansive soil
was used to evaluate the effectiveness of sand-lime cushions.
Two analytical heave equations were proposed by Jenning et al., 1973 and Hamberg,
1985 for quantitative assessment of the effect of sand-lime replacement on damping
the heave of expansive soil are applied to the case study. Finally, the predicted heave
results using these equations were compared with that measured in laboratory tests.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
78
Figure (2.32): Laboratory model test set up (after Awad and Abdel-Hady, 2005).
SB= 32 and 42 cm
SA = 2 and 5 cm
50 cm
25 cm FAFB
2cm
2.5 B
(G. S.)A (G. S.)B
B = 4.0cm
LoadLoad
Water Inlet
Dial gauge
Sand cushion
Vertical sand filter
Square footing
BxB Vent FAFB
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
79
Based on their experimental and prediction results the following conclusions were
obtained:
1- The measured final heave of the footings and ground surface decreases with the
increasing of water source distance in case of untreated soil.
2- For untreated soil, the final moisture content values increases as the water source
distance from the footing decreases. The final moisture content at water source inlet is
less than the plastic limit and it is greater than the shrinkage limit at the bottom of
specimen beside the water source. No wetting gradients observed at water source
distance equal to eight times footing width.
3- The measured final heave of the footings and ground surface decrease as lime
content of the cushion increases up to lime content =10% then, it increases.
4- For treated soil, the relative movement between the footings is a nearly equal to
zero for lime content ≤ 10% then; it increases as lime content of the cushion increases.
5- Treatment of swelling soils using sand-lime cushion should be limited to lime
content up to 10%.
6- The distribution of moisture content through of the treated expansive soil is not
affected by lime content of the cushion and footing stress for lime content ≤ 10%.
7- The predicted footing heave according to Hamberg, 1985 increases as the water
source distance from the footing and the footing stress decrease. While, the predicted
footing heave according to Jenning et al., 1973 is not affected by the water source
distance and it increases as the footing stress decreases for the untreated and treated
expansive soil.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
80
8- A comparison between the predicted and the measured results revealed that the two
analytical equations proposed by Jenning et al., 1973 and Hamberg, 1985 are the
suitable for the heave prediction of the treated soil. However, the effect of distance
between the footing and water source can be taken into consideration in the first
method.
Abdel-Hady, 2007 in a recent study measured the properties of treated expansive soil
using sand-lime cushion and clay-lime cushion. The parametric study of the research
took into consideration the effect of lime content of the sand cushion, size of sand
cushion and the lime content which mixed with expansive soils.
An experimental testing program has been performed using oedometer and large-scale
one dimension laboratory model tests. Three types of expansive soil, medium and fine
sand were used. The hydrate lime content of sand cushion is ranging from 0 to 100%.
The lime content which mixed with expansive soil is ranging from 5 to 20 %. The
results are shown in Table (2.25).
From the obtained results, the following conclusions can be summarized:
i. The effect of increasing lime content on maximum dry density of sand-lime
cushion is more considerable for medium sand than fine sand.
ii. The maximum dry density of compacted sand-lime cushion increases with
increasing lime content and the optimum moisture content decreases with it.
iii. The improvement of the fine sand compaction is approximately constant up to
lime content ≤ 15 %.
iv. The swelling potential is not affected by the size of sand cushion at lime
content = 5%.
v. Increasing of lime content on sand-lime cushion decreases the swelling pressure
and it’s a pronounced effect at 5 and 10 % lime content for oedometer tests.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
81
Table (2.25): Properties of untreated and treated expansive soil using sand-lime
cushion (after Abdel-Hady, 2007).
Property of soil
Type of test Type of soil
Sand cushion
type
Lime content of sand cushion (%)
- 0 5 10 15 20 25 100
Swelling potential (Sp) %
Oedometer
A
Untreated 23.86
Medium sand - 15.86 12.86 12.86 13.73
15.35 14.02
Fine sand - 12.45 12.67 17.52 16.97
16.5
B Untreated 23.24
Medium sand 14.67 14.5 15.62 13.42
15.6 12.2
C Untreated 19.13
Medium sand 14.52 12.83 14.94 12.33
11.24 14.6
Laboratory model
A Untreated 24
Medium sand 13.55 13.22 14.4
12 12.42
Swelling pressure σS
(kg/cm2)
Oedometer
A
Untreated 13.5
Medium sand - 10.9 9.7 7.65 9
7 9
Fine sand - 7.3 4.2 12 10
11.5
B Untreated 20
Medium sand 17 17 15 15.8
22.9 15
C Untreated 15
Medium sand 12.6 8 15.8 8.4
8 9
Laboratory model
A Untreated 63.82
Medium sand 49 44 54.8
53 30
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
82
Replacement thickness prediction:
According to (Chen, 1988), the Federal Highway Administration has recommended
that the required thickness of the, replacement material can be estimated from the
expansive soil’s plasticity using the relationships of Table (2.26).
Table (2.26): Relation of required surcharge fill thickness to soil plasticity (Chen,
1988)
Plasticity Index, percent
Thickness of Undercut and Replacement Fill, feet
Interstate Highways Secondary and State Highways
10-20 2 2 20-30 3 2
30-40 4 3 40-50 5 3 >50 6 4
Ahmed, 1985 concluded that the providing isolated footing with sand cushion as a
good practice in order to minimize the swelling pressure of under lying expansive soil
by more than 50 %. Presence of sand layer under the expansive soil deposit results a
reduction in the swelling pressure by 35% or more. The optimum height of sand
cushion is 1/5 of the footing breadth.
Abdel-Moaty, 1999 determined the swelling deposits at three new communities
around the greater Cairo; El-Obour, El-Mokattam and El-Qattamiya, as representative
examples for the geological formation and geotechnical properties of this region. The
three new cities were considered the northeast extension of the new communities
around the greater Cairo. The expansive soils at the selected sites in the three cities
were classified as high to very high swelling clays. The ground surface heave was
predicted analytically using different approaches; semi-empirical methods as
suggested by two different procedures (Stress Changes and Suction Changes) as well
as the empirical methods employing heave equations.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
83
Effects of the magnitude of active depths and the thickness of non expansive soil
overlying the expansive clay layer on the expected heave values were investigated in a
parametric study for the three new cities. The methods were also used to evaluate the
contribution of soil replacement to damping of heave movements.
The predicted heave values using these methods were compared with that measured in
large-scale laboratory tests. The comparison revealed that the empirical heave method,
suggested by Brackely et al., 1983 was the best method for heave prediction. The
results also showed that optimum treatment of expansive deposits using soil
replacement with adequately compacted sand can be achieved when the thickness of
compacted sand was about 40% of the active depth.
El-Nahhas et al., 1998 studied the effects of the magnitude of active depth and the
thickness of soil replacement on the expected heave using stress change method
(Rama et al., 1988). Figure (2.33) shows the predicted ground surface heave versus
thickness of replacement using Stress Change method. Figure (2.34) shows the
reduction of heave versus thickness of replacement using Stress Change Method; the
results are summarized in Table (2.27).
These results show if 40% of maximum active thickness of expansive layer at the sites
B and C is removed and replaced with compacted non-expansive soil, the maximum
movement would be only 54% of that anticipated with no soil replacement.
Therefore, analytical results confirm quantitatively that the replacement of the top
portion of expansive clay layer can significally reduce the potential heave that could
occur during lifetime of the structure. The reduction of ground surface heave increases
as the thickness of replacement increases up to the maximum value at the active depth
or full replacement of the expansive clay layer which ever smaller.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
84
Table(2.27): Predicted ground surface heave for treated and untreated expansive soil
using soil replacement.
Thickness of replacement (meters)
Site A (H=1.80m) Site B (H=6.00m) Site C (H=6.00m)
0 93 299.5 299.5
0.6 72.7 263.9 263.9
1.2 34.8 229.7 229.7
1.8 0 195 195
2.4 0 160.3 160.3
3.6 0 106.9 106.9
4.8 0 51.8 51.8
6 0 0 0
6.5 0 0 0
Figure (2.33): Predicted ground surface heave versus thickness of replacement using
Stress Change method
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Groun
d Surface he
ave (cm)
Thickness of replacement (m)
Site A (H=1.80m(
Site B (H=6.00m(
Site C (H=6.00m(
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
85
Figure (2.34) :Reduction of heave versus thickness of replacement using Stress
Change Method
Awad, 1999 summarized the reduction of final footing heave in case of treated
expansive soil using soil replacement in Table (2.28 )
Table (2.28 ): reduction of final footing heave in case of treated expansive soil using
soil replacement:
Refrences Soil Replacement thickness Footing heave reduction =
∆ . ∆∆ .
Abouleid and Reyad, 1985 0.38 B 31 %
El-Sabaie, 1992 0.50 B 12.5 %
Awad, 1993 0.50 B 30 - 24 %
Awad, 1993 1.0 B 52 - 40 %
Awad, 1993 0.50 Ha 66 %
El-Kadi and Awad,1998 0.35 Ha 73 %
El-Kadi and Awad,1998 0.50 Ha 92 %
El-Nahhas et al., 1998 0.40 Ha 54 %
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Redu
ction of heave %
Thickness of replacement (m)
Site A (H=1.80m)
Site B (H=6.00m)
Site C (H=6.00m)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
86
2.5.1.2 Remolding and compaction
Compacting sub-grade soils to low dry unit weights on the wet side of optimum water
content using kneading methods has been found to be an effective means to reduce
swelling for moderately plastic soils (Seed, Mitchell and Chan, 1960). Holtz, 1959
shows that compaction at low densities, and at water contents above the optimum
water content, as determined by a Standard Proctor test produces less expansion
potential than compaction at high densities and low water contents.
Holtz and Gibbs, 1956 illustrate that an increase in molding water content for a given
density decreased the swell and swell pressure. However, an increase in density at any
given water content may increase or decrease the swell, depending on the range of
densities involved (generally, an increase in density causes an increase in swell).
Hence low densities and high water contents are conducive to smaller expansion.
It was observed that soils compacted dry of optimum exhibit higher swelling
characteristics and swell to higher water contents than do samples at the same density
compacted wet of optimum. The method of compaction also influences swelling
characteristics of compacted swelling soils. An expansive soil with a dispersed,
(deflocculated) structure swells less than one with a flocculated structure for the same
water content and density.
Compaction of clays under conditions that produce high shear strains and locally
oriented clay particle arrangements has been demonstrated to result in less water
deficiency and therefore, reduced swelling. The limitation on this approach is that the
lowered dry unit weights and higher water contents are also accompanied by lower
sub-grade strength and stiffness and an increased tendency for soil shrinkage to occur
if the soils are subjected to drying (Snethen et al., 1975).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
87
2.5.1.3 Pre-Wetting
Pre-wetting is based on the theory that increasing the moisture content in the
expansive foundation soils will cause heave to occur prior to construction and thereby
eliminate problems afterward. It is assumed that if the high moisture content is
maintained, there will be no appreciable increase in soil volume to damage the
structure. This procedure may have serious drawbacks that limit its application
(Nelson and Miller, 1992).
Experience with the techniques of pre-wetting, sprinkling or injecting large amounts
of water into natural sub-grade soils prior to pavement construction for the purpose of
reducing post-construction swelling has been reviewed by Chen, 1988. Pre-wetting
programs are designed to provide water to satisfy the clay’s water deficiency.
However, the reductions in soil swelling are usually accompanied by weakening,
softening and decreases in the workability of the soil. Depending on the permeability
of the treated soil, the pre-wetting process may require months or even years to be
completed.
2.5.1.4 Sub-Drainage
The use of sub-surface drain tile or perforated pipe wrapped in fabrics or graded
granular filters below the edges of pavements (Figure 2.35) has also been reviewed by
Chen, 1988 and Nelson and Miller, 1992. Properly designed and constructed side
drains parallel to the pavement alignment can be effective in intercepting and rapidly
removing subsurface water flowing at atmospheric pressures through materials of low
suction potential. Sub-drains will not have any effect on water moving into expansive
soils in the vapor phase or water moving in unsaturated soil in response to gradients in
soil suction.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
88
In fact, subsurface drains may enhance the opportunity for atmospheric water to enter
the sub-grade by exposing more surface area of expansive high suction sub-grade soils
to water at atmospheric pressure. Good surface drainage and the prevention of pre-
wetting is more likely to be effective than sub-surface drains placed in highly
impermeable, highly plastic soils (Hardcastle, 2003).
(a)
(b)
Figure (2.35): embedded drains around structures
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
89
2.5.2 Hydraulic Barriers
Since the change in moisture content is the main factor influencing the volume change
of swelling soils, it is obvious that if the soil could be isolated from any moisture
changes, volume change could be reduced or minimized.
The basic principle on which hydraulic barriers act is to move edge effects away from
the foundation or pavement and minimize seasonal fluctuations of water content
directly below the structure. Also, Barriers may be designed to completely encapsulate
the expansive soil or they may be intended to act as cutoffs for either horizontal or
vertical flows so that the time during which moisture changes occur is longer. This
allows for water content to be more uniformly distributed due to capillary action in the
subsoil. Thus the heave will occur more slowly and in a more uniform fashion (Nelson
and Miller, 1992). Moisture may still increase beneath or within areas surrounded by
the moisture barriers leading to steady but uniform heave of the foundation or slab-on-
grid.
2.5.2.1 Horizontal moisture barriers
This treatment provides for the complete isolation of expansive soils from all water
sources. Guidelines for successful applications of horizontal barriers have been
presented by Woodward-Clyde-Sherard, 1968 and Hammitt and Ahlvin, 1973.
Horizontal barriers have been constructed using both membranes and rigid barriers.
a) Horizontal Membranes
Single waterproof layers of asphalts, Polyethylene ranging from 4to20 mil in
thickness, polyvinyl chloride (PVC), polypropylene, high-density polypropylene, geo-
membranes, and other types of nonwoven fabrics have been used with varying degrees
of success. They have been installed both above and below compacted and natural
sub-grades for the purpose of intercepting liquid water and preventing its entry into
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
90
expansive soils. Horizontal barriers installed above the expansive soil layer are
designed to prevent water present in base courses from being drawn into the expansive
soil, which has a much higher affinity for water (suction) than typical aggregate base
materials.
Membranes placed below the potentially expansive sub-grade during new construction
or rehabilitation are designed to prevent water from being transported by capillary rise
into the sub-grade. The horizontal barrier approach is obviously not available for
remediation of existing expansive soil sub-grades. Furthermore, when membranes are
placed on top of compacted or natural sub-grades in semiarid climates, it’s virtually
impossible to prevent an increase in the water content of the potentially expansive sub-
grades. This situation is due to the fact that water in its vapor phase will continue to
move into the potentially expansive soil as a result of changes in temperature and
evapo-transpiration regime brought about by the membrane and the overlying
pavement.
Research at Fort Collins, Colorado, has shown that while horizontal membranes can
be effective in reducing the entry of surface water, their major benefits in arid and
semiarid climates are to increase the time required for water content increases and
swelling to occur. They also tend to make the water content increase and thus the
swelling more uniform when it does occur (Nelson and Miller, 1992).
Other applications include the use of horizontal moisture barriers around the perimeter
of structures to reduce lateral variations in moisture changes and differential heave in
the foundation soil. Plastic or other thin membranes around the perimeter should be
protected from the environment by a 6- to 12-inchthick layer of earth (Tm–Army,
1983).
A disadvantage of these barriers is that they are not necessarily reliable and may be
detrimental in some cases. For example, most fabrics and plastic membranes tend to
deteriorate with time. Undetected (and hence unrepaired) punctures that allow water to
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
91
get in, but not to get out, commonly occur in handling on placement. Punctures may
also occur during planting of vegetation. If the barrier is a concrete slab, the concrete
may act as a wick and pull water out of the soil, Figure (2.36) illustrates a useful
application of horizontal membranes (Tm–Army, 1983).
Figure (2.36): Application of a horizontal membrane (Tm–Army, 1983).
b) Rigid Barriers
Concrete aprons or sidewalks are commonly used as horizontal moisture barriers
around building foundations. Concrete, coupled with flexible membrane or asphalt,
has been used successfully as a remedial measure to establish constant uniform
moisture contents within foundation soils (Mohan and Rao, 1965; Lee and
Kocherhans, 1973; Najder and Werno, 1973).The design and function of joints and
seals are important when using a rigid horizontal barrier. Horizontal barriers will be
more efficient if surface drainage is provided so that bonding is prevented.
2.5.2.2 Deep Vertical Moisture Barriers (DVMB)
Deep moisture barriers have been used in airports, highways, railroads, pipelines,
canals, and sidewalks and at the perimeter of buildings. The deep barriers solution can
be used in deep highly expansive soils when seasonal moisture variations and
differential movements are exclusively caused by rainfall; a typical DVMB is shown
in Figure 2.37 (Snethen, 1979).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
92
Installing the hydraulic barriers in a vertical orientation at the margins of the pavement
permits their use both in new construction and as a remedial technique for existing
pavements. DVMB’s have been constructed mainly with Portland cement concrete and
geo-membranes. More recently, geo-composites and highly plastic clays have been
used. For the reasons mentioned above for horizontal membranes, DVMB’s have been
shown to be effective in reducing but not entirely eliminating soil expansion beneath
pavements. DVMB’s also delay the swelling and tend to make it more uniform
(Nelson and Miller, 1992; Steinberg, 2000).
The vertical barrier (Fig. 2.38) should extend to the depth of the active zone and
should be placed a minimum of 3 feet from the foundation to simplify construction
and to avoid disturbance of the foundation soil. The barrier may not be practical in
prevent ing migration of moisture beneath the bottom edge for active zones deeper
than 8 to 10 feet. The granular barrier may also help reduce moisture changes during
droughts by providing a reservoir of moisture. The placement of a filter fabric around
the trench to keep fine particles from entering the perforated pipe will permit use of an
open coarse aggregate instead of a graded granular filter. In some cases, the perforated
pipe could be eliminated from the drain trench.
In another experience with a barrier placed in the perimeter of foundation slabs in a
residential area in Dallas, the heave inside the slab ranged from 5 to 8 cm and
stabilized in 1 to 2 years time (O’Neill and Ghazzaly, 1977). Movements of similar
unprotected foundations were somewhat higher but far more variable. Finally, in
another experience in the Valley View Airport in Alberta, Canada, an impervious
membrane was placed at both sides of the runway, 3 m deep, to prevent lateral
migration of soil moisture. The pavement showed improved performance in the short
term (3 years); however, after 5 years operation, the pavement distress was quite
severe showing bumps varying from 11 to 29 mm with cracks ranging from slight to
moderate (Diyaljee and Wiens, 1995).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
93
Approximately more than half of the economic losses due to expansive soils come
from deterioration of transportation facilities: Much of this damage may be attributed
to the broad use of empirical methods incapable of correctly defining total and
differential movements, expansive pressures on soil-structure interfaces and the rate of
movement of the soil under different wetting-drying conditions.
Figure (2.37): Deep vertical moisture barrier, DVMB (Snethen, 1979)
Figure (2.38): Vertical and horizontal moisture barriers (Tm–Army, 1983).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
94
Rojas et al., 2006 attempts to contribute to the development of more reliable analytical
methods to design civil infrastructure on expansive soils. Accordingly, a constitutive
model for expansive soils based on laboratory experimental observations was
proposed. The resulting numerical tool had the capacity of computing soil suction and
volumetric strain changes of expansive soils under a defined wetting–drying regime.
To verify the capabilities of this computer code, a laboratory barrier model was built.
The model was instrumented to measure soil suction changes and the corresponding
surface displacements. The experimental and theoretical results were compared.
Finally, the numerical model was applied to a design example of a deep moisture
barrier.
Figure (2.39): Lateral view of laboratory barrier model (after Rojas et al., 2006).
The intent of this model was to study the effectiveness of vertical barriers to prevent
soil volume change on the dry side of the barrier upon wetting. The model consists of
a rigid rectangular acrylic box with a slot in its center where a vertical barrier may be
inserted to different depths. The soil was placed by compaction into the box, at either
side of the vertical barrier Figure (2.39). A small flow rate was applied on the upper
left side of the barrier and vertical displacements were measured on the upper right
side. Thus, the left side represents the wetting source and the right side is the soil to be
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
95
protected by the moisture barrier. Soil suctions were measured at six ports located at
both sides of the moisture barrier, as shown in Figure (2.39), and then a constitutive
model for expansive soils has been coupled with the flow equation in a deforming
media resulting in a finite-element code able to simulate the flow of water under
different boundary conditions, Figure (2.40).
Figure (2.40): Finite-element grid for vertical moisture barrier model (after Rojas et
al., 2006).
Figures (2.41 a–d and f) show the isovalue–suction curves _in meters of water (for an
8 cm) depth barrier for Days 2, 5, 10, 12, and 15, respectively. The assembly of curves
observed in these figures represents the wetting front. It can be seen that this front
advances practically uniformly on the left side.
However, when it reaches the tip of the barrier, the wetting front gets distorted and its
pattern is modified significantly as it advances upward at the other side of the barrier.
This inclined wetting front generates distortions to the finite element grid on this side,
owing to the differential expansion of the nodes.
Swelling p
Figure (
Figure (2
at the cen
surface e
displacem
small met
erformance
(2.41): Iso
.42) show
nter of the
expansion
ment transd
tal plate w
e of some e
ovalue–suc
ws the theo
right side
on the
ducer (LV
was set dow
expansive s
ction curv
oretical an
e of the m
laborator
VDT) plac
wn.
soil treatme
96
ves in mete
nd experim
odel for th
ry model
ced at the
ent techniq
ers of wate
mental res
he three b
l was re
e center o
ques
er (after R
sults of the
arrier dep
ecorded w
f the mod
Rojas et al
e surface
pths consid
with the
del surfac
l., 2006).
expansion
dered. The
aid of a
e where a
n
e
a
a
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
97
Figure (2. 42): Theoretical and experimental result comparisons for surface heave
and different barrier depths
Accordingly he concluded that the finite-element code developed was a useful tool for
the design of deep moisture barriers. It is also helpful for the analysis of long-term
behavior of foundations or pavements built over expansive soils. Furthermore, it can
be expanded to account properly for the soil–structure interaction phenomenon.
Finally moisture barriers have been used both as a preconstruction technique and as a
remedial measure. Methods of construction are important in the success of moisture
barriers. Care should be taken to seal joints, scams, rips, or holes in the barrier. Deep-
rooted plants should be planted well beyond the perimeter of the moisture barrier.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
98
2.5.3 Chemical Soil Treatments
Portland cement, lime, asphalt, calcium chloride, sodium chloride, and paper mill
wastes are common chemical stabilization agents. The effectiveness of these additives
depends on the soil conditions, stabilizer properties, and type of construction (i.e.,
houses, roads, etc.). The selection of a particular additive depends on costs, benefits,
availability, and practicality of its application.
Chemical stabilization includes the mixing or injecting of chemical substances into the
soil, these chemicals effectively reduce the affinity of clay minerals for water or
change the clay minerals into non-expanding lattice materials. The latter effect is
achieved by either destroying the clay minerals through what has been termed
artificial weathering or by reactions between additive and clay that produce
cementations materials at the expense of the clay. Changes in the chemical
environment brought about by chemical additives also may make the clay require less
water to satisfy its charge deficiency through the phenomenon of ion crowding, that is,
by replacing higher volume hydrated monovalent cations with divalent cations and
increasing the concentration of cations in the soil water.
A variety of stabilizers are available. These may be divided into three groups
according to their use: traditional stabilizers (hydrated lime, portland cement, and fly
ash); byproduct stabilizers (cement kiln dust, lime kiln dust, and other forms of
byproduct lime); and nontraditional stabilizers (sulfonated oils, potassium compounds,
ammonium chloride, enzymes, polymers, and so on). The traditional stabilizers
generally rely on calcium exchange and pozzolanic reactions to effect stabilization.
This is also the primary mechanism for stabilization with many of the byproducts. The
nontraditional stabilizers are identified as such because they rely on a different
stabilization mechanism. For example, sulfonated oils typically rely on hydrogen ion
penetration into the clay lattice. Hydrogen alters the clay structure primarily by
reducing its water-holding capability (Petry and Armstrong, 2001).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
99
Stabilizers also can be divided according to the presence of calcium ions in their
chemical composition in to calcium based and non calcium based stabilizers.
2.5.3.1 Calcium-Based Stabilizers
Portland cement and the various forms of lime are examples of the calcium-based
materials used to modify and stabilize clayey soils. Soil modification with lime refers
to the immediate reduction in plasticity and water content that results from the
flocculation and agglomeration of the clay particles produced by the depression of the
adsorbed water films of the clay. Adsorbed water film thicknesses are reduced both as
a result of Ca+2 cations replacing monovalent cations (Na+ and K+) and the increase in
the total electrolyte concentration of the soil water. Both these phenomena result in a
decrease in the soil suction or water deficiency and the swelling potential. Soil
stabilization with lime is due to pozzolanic reactions in which new crystalline
cementitious materials are produced as the added lime raises the soil pH and thus the
solubility of silica and alumina (Transportation Research Board, 1987).
The principal materials used for the cementations stabilization and modification of
highway pavement materials are lime, fly ash, and Portland cement. Whereas lime
and Portland cement are manufactured products, fly ash is a by-product of the burning
of coal at electric power generating stations. As a consequence, fly ash generally
exhibits greater variability than is seen in the other products. By-products such as kiln
dust and fluidized bed ash from various manufacturing and energy generating
processes are used to a lesser extent.
a) Lime stabilization
It is an age-old practice to use lime in one form or the other to improve the
engineering behavior of clayey soils. Because of the proven success of lime
stabilization in the field of highways and air-field pavements, this technique is now
being extended for deep in-situ treatment of clayey soils to improve their strength and
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
100
reduce compressibility. The improvements in the properties of soil are attributed to the
soil-lime reactions (Yesilbas, 2004). Lime stabilization is covered extensively in the
literature (Rogers and Glendinning, 2000).
Lime or calcium hydroxide is the most widely used chemical stabilizer for clay soil
sub-grades. Lime stabilization is particularly important in road construction for
modifying sub-grade soils, sub-base materials, and base materials. The improved
engineering characteristics of lime-treated materials provide important benefits to both
portland cement concrete (rigid) and asphalt (flexible) pavements. Lime will primarily
react with medium, moderately fine, and fine-grained soils to create a number of
important engineering properties in soils, including improved strength; improved
resistance to fracture, fatigue, and permanent deformation (decrease elasticity),
increase workability; improved resilient properties; reduced swelling; and resistance to
the damaging effects of moisture. The most substantial improvements in these
properties are seen in moderately to highly plastic soils, such as heavy clays (Little et
al., 2000). Such improved soil properties are the result of three basic chemical
reactions (Fang, 1991): Cation exchange and flocculation-agglomeration; Cementation
(pozzolanic reaction); and Carbonation.
The cation exchange process involves an agglomeration of the fine clay particles into
coarse particles. The cementation process develops from the reaction between calcium
present in lime and silica and alumina in the soil, forming calcium-silicate and
calcium-alumina or calcium-alumina-silicates. The cementations compounds produced
are characterized by their high strength and low-volume change. Previous researchers
reported that small lime additions (from 2–8%) significantly decrease the liquid limit,
plasticity index, maximum dry density, and swell, and increase plastic limit, the
optimum water content, and strength of expansive soils (Basma et al., 1998). It was
reported by Sivapullaiah et al., 1997 that lime added in excess of the amount required
for cations exchange could only produce cementations compounds, which bind the
flocculated particles and develop extra strength (Al-Rawas et al., 2002).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
101
The most commonly used products are hydrated high calcium lime Ca (OH) 2, MgO,
calcitic quick lime CaO, and dolomitic quick lime CaO.MgO. Quick lime is used
widely for soil stabilization (TRC180, 1982). Hydrated lime is a fine powder, whereas
quicklime is a more granular substance. Quick lime is more caustic than hydrated
lime, so additional safety procedures are required with this material. The type of the
lime used as a stabilizing agent varies from country to country. Although using quick
lime is more popular in Europe, hydrated lime is used mainly for stabilization but
proportion of quick lime that is used increased to about 25% in 1987 from about 15%
in 1976 (Rollings and Rolling, 1996). According to McCallister and Petry, 1988 both
calcium hydroxide [Ca (OH2] and quick lime (CaO) are common and effective for the
physicochemical treatment of expansive clays.
Although lime is generally used to transform fine-grained soils permanently, it may be
used for shorter-term soil modification for example, to provide a working platform at a
construction site.
• Reaction Mechanisms
Lime soil reactions are complex; however, understanding of the chemistry involved
and the results of field experience are sufficient to provide design guidelines for
successful lime treatment of a range of soils. The sustained and relatively slow
pozzolanic reaction between lime and soil silica and soil alumina (released in the high-
pH environment) is key to effective and durable stabilization in lime-soil mixtures.
Mixture design procedures that secure this reaction must be adopted (Petry, and Little,
2002). In addition to stabilizing materials, lime plays an increasing role in the
reclamation of road bases. Lime has been used effectively to upgrade or reclaim not
only clay soils, but also clay-contaminated aggregate bases and even calcareous bases
that have little or no appreciable clay. Work in the United States, South Africa, and
France has established the benefits of lime stabilization of calcareous bases. The
process results in significant improvements in strength, moisture resistance, and
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
102
resilient modulus without transforming the calcareous bases into rigid systems that
could be susceptible to cracking and shrinkage, results of field experience are
sufficient to provide design guidelines for successful lime
When lime is added to the soil, hydration of the lime causes an immediate drying of
the soil. Anhydraous quicklime will have a more pronounced drying effect than
hydrated lime. Consequently, lime can prove to be an effective construction expedient
for drying out wet sites.
If lime is added to a plastic soil, plasticity drops, and texture changes. The chemical
changes occurring in the soil are usually explained with the help of some established
mechanisms suggesting cation exchange, flocculation, and aggregation. The first two
reactions are known to occur immediately after lime is either added or allowed to
diffuse into the soil whereas the third reaction is time bound and temperature
dependent and can be considered as a long term reaction. Cation exchange is an
important reaction and is believed to be mainly responsible for the changes occurring
in the plasticity characteristics of the soil.
Depending on the availability of various types of cations in the pore fluid, cation
replacement can take place. In general, the cations are arranged in the order of their
replacing power according to the Iyotropic series, Li+< Na+< H+< K+< NH4+<
Mg2+< Ca2+< Al3+, i.e., any cation will tend to replace the left of it and monovalent
cations are generally replaced by multivalent cations. The replacement of sodium or
potassium ions with calcium will significantly reduce the plasticity index of a clay
mineral.
The addition of lime increases the soil pH, which also increases the cations exchange
capacity. Consequently, even calcium-rich soils may respond to lime treatment with a
reduction in the soil’s plasticity. A reduction in plasticity is usually accompanied by
reduced potential for shrinking or swelling.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
103
Due to the addition of lime to the soil the texture of the soil is also changed. As a
result of particle agglomeration clayey soils become more silty and sandy in behavior.
The amount of clay-sized particles (2μm) decreases as the amount of lime in the soil
lime mixtures increases.
Stabilization occurs when the proper amount of lime is added to reactive soil. Ingles
and Metcalf, 1972 recommended the criteria of lime mixture as shown in Table (2.29).
Table (2.29): Suggested Lime Contents (Ingles and Metcalf, 1972)
Soil Type Content for Modification Content for Stabilization
Fine crushed rock 2 – 4 percent Not recommended
Well graded clay gravels 1 – 3 percent ~3 percent
Sands Not recommended Not recommended
Sandy clay Not recommended ~5 percent
Silty clay 1 – 3 percent 2 – 4 percent
Heavy clay 1 – 3 percent 3 – 8 percent
Very heavy clay 1 – 3 percent 3 – 8 percent
Organic soils Not recommended Not recommended
Stabilization differs from modification in that significant level of long-term strength
gain is developed through a long-term pozzolonic reaction. This pozzolonic reaction is
the formation of calcium silicate hydrates and calcium aluminate hydrates as the
calcium from the lime reacts with the aluminates and silicates solubilized from the
clay mineral surface. This reaction can begin quickly and is responsible for some of
the effects of modification. However, research has shown that the full term pozzolonic
reaction can continue for a very long period of time- even many years- as long as
enough lime is present and the pH remains high (Above about 10). As a result of this
long-term pozzolonic reaction, some soils can produce very high strength gains when
lime treated. The key to pozzolonic reactivity and stabilization is a reactive soil and a
good mix design protocol. The results of stabilization can be very substantial increase
in resilient modulus values (by a factor of 10 or more in many cases), very substantial
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
104
improvements in shear strength (by a factor of 20 or more in some cases), continued
strength gain with time even after periods of environmental or load damage
(autogenously healing) and long-term durability over decades of service even under
severe environmental conditions. (Wibawa, 2003) The change after adding lime to the
soil is shown in Figure (2.43).
Figure (2.43)The Visual Effect of Lime Addition (Wibawa, 2003).
Hisham and Safwat , 1998 found that the swelling pressure of the treated expansive
soil with lime is equal to 3.5 times of that of the untreated expansive soil. Yesilbas,
2004 introduced lime as an admixture up to a maximum of 9 percent. He found that
addition of 3% lime to the samples reduces the swell percentage significantly but after
3 % lime addition there is no significant change in swell percentages.
El-Hoseiny et al., 2005 found that the best amount of mixing lime to be use in
stabilization of the investigated expansive soil is about 6 %.
Abdel-Hady, 2007measured the properties of treated expansive soil using sand-lime
cushion and clay-lime cushion. The lime content which mixed with expansive soil was
ranging from 5 to 20 %. The results showed that the swelling potential expansive soil-
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
105
lime mix decreased with increasing lime content for laboratory model test, and the free
swell of expansive soil-lime mix decreases with increasing the lime content.
The effect of lime content on the swelling pressure of expansive-lime mix was more
significant for lime content ≤ 5 % (oedometer and laboratory model) as ahown in
Table (2.30).
Table (2.30) Properties of untreated and treated expansive soil-lime mix
Property of soil Type of test Type of soil
Lime content of sand cushion (%)
0 5 10 15 20
Swelling potential (Sp) %
Oedometer
A 23.86 20.21 23.77 20.43 16.8
B 23.24 23.26 22.22 19.44 18.98
C 19.13 18.4 27.7 18.4 26
Laboratory model A 24 19.91 16.24 14.8 13.93
Swelling pressure σS
(kg/cm2)
Oedometer
A 13.5 5.8 15 21 23.3
B 20 18.4 27.7 18.4 26
C 15 10 10 10.8 20
Laboratory model A 63.82 40 47 54 56
• Mixture Design, Pavement Design, and Performance Considerations
Design of lime-stabilized mixtures is usually based on laboratory analysis of desired
engineering properties. Several approaches to mix design currently exist. In addition to
engineering design criteria, users must consider whether the laboratory procedures
adequately simulate field conditions and long-term performance. In terms of roadway
sub-grades, aspects of these procedures are likely to be superseded as AASHTO shifts
to a mechanistic-empirical approach. Laboratory testing procedures include
determining optimum lime requirements and moisture content, preparing samples, and
curing the samples under simulated field conditions.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
106
Curing is important for chemically stabilized soils and aggregates particularly lime-
stabilized soils because lime-soil reactions are time and temperature dependent and
continue for long periods of time (even years). Pozzolanic reactions are slower than
cement hydration reactions and can result in construction and performance benefits,
such as extended mixing times in heavy clays (more intimate mixing) and
autogenously healing of moderately damaged layers, even after years of service. On
the other hand, longer reactions may mean that traffic delays are associated with using
the pavement. In addition, protocols for lime-soil mixture design must address the
impact of moisture on performance.
Males states in Little et al., 2000 that lime-stabilization construction is relatively
straightforward. In-place mixing (to the appropriate depth) is usually employed to add
the proper amount of lime to a soil, mixed to an appropriate depth. Pulverization and
mixing are used to combine the lime and soil thoroughly. For heavy clays, preliminary
mixing may be followed by 24 to 48 h (or more) of moist curing prior to final mixing.
This ability to mellow the soil for extended periods and then remix it is unique to lime.
During this process, a more intimate mixing of the lime and the heavy clay occurs,
resulting in more complete stabilization. For maximum development of strength and
durability, proper compaction is necessary; proper curing is also important.
The performance of lime-stabilized sub-bases and bases has been somewhat difficult
to assess in the current AASHTO design protocol because the measure of structural
contribution the structural layer coefficient cannot be ascertained directly.
Indirectly determined coefficients for lime-stabilized systems, however, have been
found to be structurally significant. As AASHTO shifts to a mechanistic-empirical
approach, measurable properties, such as resilient module, were used to assess stress
and strain distributions in pavement systems, including stabilized bases and sub-bases.
These properties were coupled with shear-strength properties in assessing resistance to
accumulated deformation.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
107
The lime industry (Little, 2000) has submitted a three to four-step design and testing
protocol to be considered for inclusion in the AASHTO design protocol:
• Step 1: Determine optimum lime content using the Eades and Grim pH test (ASTM
D-6274);
• Step 2: Simulate field conditions. Use AASHTO T-180 compaction and 7-day
curing at 40°C to represent good-quality construction techniques. After curing,
subject samples to 24 to 48 h of moisture conditioning via capillary rise (soak);
• Step 3: Verify compressive strength, stiffness, and moisture sensitivity, and
measure unconfined compressive strengths using ASTM D-5102 methods.
For most applications, the above three steps are sufficient because design
parameters such as flexural strength, deformation potential, and stiffness (resilient
modulus) can be approximated from unconfined compressive strength. For more
detailed (Level 2) designs, a direct measure of resilient modulus may be required;
and
• Step 4: Perform resilient modulus testing using AASHTO T-294-94 or expedited
(and validated) alternatives, such as the rapid triaxial test. This protocol and its
mechanistic-empirical basis provide a sound foundation for future lime-
stabilization applications.
In addition to conventional mix in-place or batch mixing, other methods for
incorporating lime include electrical, drill-hole, pressure, and deep-plow whom are
basically used to increase the rate of lime migration through soil.
b) Coal fly ash stabilization
Large quantities of coal are being burnt in thermal power stations to meet the ever
increasing demand for thermal power. Combustion of coal results in a residue
consisting of inorganic mineral constituents and organic matter which is not fully
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
108
burned. The inorganic mineral constituents from ash: About 80% of this ash is fly ash.
Environmentally safe disposal of large quantities of ash is not only tedious but also
expensive. To reduce the problems of disposal, great efforts are being made to utilize
fly ash. The use of fly ash as a soil-stabilizing agent is beneficial for improving the
engineering properties of the soil, while at the same time it provides an opportunity for
the utilization of an industrial waste that will otherwise require costly disposal
(Çetiner, 2004).
Fly ash produced from the burning of pulverized coal in a coal-fired boiler is a fine-
grained, powdery particulate material that is carried off in the flue gas and collected
from the flue gas by means of electrostatic precipitators (Vassilev et al., 2003).
Fly ash is useful in many construction applications because it is a pozzolan, meaning it
is a siliceous or alumina-siliceous material which in itself possess little or no
cementations value but will, in finely divided form and in the presence of moisture,
chemically react with calcium hydroxide at ordinary temperatures to form compounds
possessing cementations properties (ASTM, 1993). A microscopic view of fly ash
reveals mainly glassy spheres with some crystalline and carbonaceous matter. The
principal chemical constituents are silica (SiO2), alumina (Al2O3), ferric oxide (Fe2O3),
and calcium oxide (CaO). Other components are magnesium oxide (MgO), sulfur
trioxide (SO3), titanium oxide (TiO2), alkalies (Na2O and K2O), phosphorous oxide
(P2O5), and carbon (related to loss on ignition).
Water added to fly ash usually creates an alkaline solution, with pH in the range 6 to
11. Because of the variations in coals from different sources, as well as the differences
in the design of coal-fired boilers, not all the fly ash is the same (Çetiner, 2004).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
109
Factors affecting the physical, chemical, and engineering properties of fly ash include
(TFHRC, 2003):
• Coal type and purity
• Degree of pulverization
• Boiler type and operation
• Collection and stockpiling methods
Two classes of fly ash are defined in ASTM C 618: Class F fly ash, and Class C fly
ash. Class F fly ash is normally produced from burning anthracite or bituminous coal.
This class fly ash has pozzolanic properties. Class C fly ash is normally produced from
burning lignite or sub-bituminous coal. This class of fly ash, in addition to having
pozzolanic properties, also has some self-cementing properties, meaning that it has
ability to harden and gain strength in the presence of water alone. Typical chemical
compositions of Class F and Class C fly ashes are given in Table (2.31).
Table (2.31): Typical Chemical Compositions of Class F and Class C Fly Ashes
(expressed as percent by weight) (TFHRC, 2003).
Component Class F Fly Ash Class C Fly Ash
SiO2 20 – 60 40 – 60 Al2O3 5 – 35 10 – 30 Fe2O3 10 – 40 4 – 15 CaO 1 – 12 5 – 30 MgO 0 – 5 1 – 6 SO3 0 – 4 0 – 4
Na2O 0 – 4 0 – 6 K2O 0 – 3 0 – 4
Loss on Ignition 0 – 15 0 – 3
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
110
i) Stabilization with Non-Self-Cementing Coal Fly Ash
Little et al. 2000 summarized that the use of class F fly (non-self-cementing coal ash)
is useless as a stabilizer without the addition of lime as a source of calcium. This fly
ash is produced from the combustion of bituminous, anthracite, and some lignite coals
is pozzolanic but not self-cementing. To produce cementations products, an activator
such as Portland cement or lime must be added. Non-self-cementing fly ash can be
used to produce a lime/fly ash/aggregate (pozzolanic-stabilized mixture [PSM]) road
base. The mixture developed must possess adequate strength and durability for its
designated use, be easily placed and compacted, and be economical. Quality mixtures
have been produced with lime content ranging from 2 to 8 percent (by weight). Fly ash
content may range from 8 to 15 percent (by weight). Typical proportions range from 3
to 4 percent lime and 10 to 15 percent fly ash. When needed, 0.5 to 1.5 percent
portland cement can be used to accelerate the initial strength gain. The resulting
material is similar to cement-stabilized aggregate base in its production, placement,
and even appearance. PSM bases can be placed with conventional equipment and used
with recycled base materials. The cost of PSM bases varies significantly from area to
area, but is often lower than that of alternative base materials. PSM bases are not
heated and require less energy to place than asphaltic bases. The strength development
of a PSM is highly dependent on curing time and temperature. In many cases,
minimum curing times are specified, along with an allowable curing temperature
range that will produce the required strengths. Target strengths for mix design
development should allow for the fact that PSM bases will continue to gain significant
strength after the curing period has ended. PSM bases also have the inherent ability to
heal or re-cement across cracks if moisture is present, and if unreacted lime and fly
ash are available. This phenomenon is known as autogenous healing. The deleterious
effects of shrinkage cracks may be reduced in PSMs designed to produce slower rates
of pozzolanic reaction over longer periods of time.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
111
ii) Stabilization with Self-Cementing Fly Ash
Stewart (Little et al., 2000) explains that lime-Class C fly ash combinations have been
successfully added to clay soils for stabilization. Successful application is normally
achieved by adding lime first to modify soil properties and then adding fly ash to react
with the lime pozzolanically to achieve a specified strength gain. This approach is
attractive when a specified strength level cannot be achieved with fly ash alone.
Although a two-stabilizer, two step process may be economically disadvantageous
under certain circumstances, it offers certain advantages, including the ability and time
to modify the soil with lime before adding the fly ash for stabilization. Lime allows an
extended mellowing period, which is necessary with some expansive clays.
Stewart (Little et al., 2000) further explains that with the passage of the Clean Air Act
in the 1970s, many utilities began burning low-sulfur sub-bituminous coals. An
unexpected benefit of burning this lower-sulfur coal was the production of a new type
of fly ash, designated by ASTM as Class C coal fly ash. This material is self-
cementing because of the presence of calcium oxide (CaO) in concentrations typically
ranging from 20 to 30%.
Most of the CaO in Class C fly ash, however, is complexly combined with pozzolans,
and only a small percentage is ‘‘free’’ lime. This characteristic may impact the
suitability of the material for stabilization of plastic clay soils. Sub-bituminous coals
are now shipped by rail to power plants throughout the United States, although the
largest concentrations of sub-bituminous coal combustion are west of Ohio. Class C
fly ashes are shipped by truck and rail into many construction markets throughout the
United States.
According to ASTM D 5239, ‘‘Standard Practice for Characterizing Fly Ash for Use
in Soil Stabilization,’’ the use of self cementing fly ash can result in improved soil
properties, including increased stiffness, strength, and freeze-thaw durability; reduced
permeability, plasticity, and swelling; and increased control of soil compressibility and
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
112
moisture. Although these ashes have properties similar to those of Portland cement,
they also have unique characteristics that must be addressed by both the mix design
and construction procedures.
The primary design consideration is the rate at which the fly ash hydrates upon
exposure to water. Recognizing and properly addressing the hydration characteristics
of the ash can result in a significant enhancement of the potential benefits of its use.
Even self-cementing ashes can be enhanced with activators such as Portland cement or
hydrated lime. This is particularly true if the self-cementing ash does not have enough
free lime to fully develop the pozzolanic reaction potential.
In clay soil stabilization the activator (lime or cement) may play a dual role:
modifying the clay and activating the fly ash. A key role for fly ash in lime-clay
stabilization is to provide the required pozzolanic-based strength gain for ‘‘non-(lime)
reactive’’ clays.
Another classification by ASTM D 5239 classifies fly ashes into three categories
according to their soil stabilization performances (Çetiner, 2004).
a) Non Self-Cementing (Class F) Fly Ash Stabilization
Non self-cementing fly ash, by itself, has little effect on soil stabilization. It is a poor
source of calcium and magnesium ions. The particle size of fly ash may exceed that of
the voids in fine-grained soils, precluding its use as filler. However, this fly ash in
poorly graded sandy soils may be suitable filler and, as such, may aid in compaction,
may increase density, and may decrease permeability.
b) Non Self-Cementing (Class F) Fly Ash Mixed With Cement or Lime
The advantage of adding fly ash to fine-grained soils, along with cement or lime, is for
its pozzolanic properties and improved soil texture. Some clay is pozzolanic in nature
and only requires lime to initiate the pozzolanic reaction. The use of this fly ash is
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
113
suitable with clays requiring lime modification, provided lime is added to promote the
pozzolanic reaction.
c) Self-Cementing (Class C) Fly Ash Stabilization
This fly ash is a better source of calcium and magnesium ions although not as good as
lime or Portland cement. Self-cementing fly ash contains varying amounts of free
(uncombined) lime (0 to 7% CaO by weight) that can provide cations exchange and
ion crowding to fine-grained soils when used in significant amounts. It has been used
successfully to control swell potential of expansive soils. It has also been used to
stabilize coarse-grained soils.
• Mix Design and Construction Considerations
Stewart (Little et al., 2000) explains that to achieve optimum results, a thorough
understanding of the influence of the compaction delay time and moisture content of
the stabilized materials is essential. Ash hydration begins immediately upon exposure
to water. Strict control of the time between incorporation of the fly ash and final
compaction of the stabilized section is required. A maximum delay time of 2 h can be
employed if contractors are not experienced in ash stabilization or if achieving
maximum potential strength is not a primary consideration for the application. This
limits the clay mellowing period; thus a two-step process is often required in lime-fly
ash clay stabilization. The first step is lime modification followed by fly ash addition.
A maximum compaction delay of 1 h is commonly specified for stabilization of
pavement base or sub-base sections when maximum potential strength is required.
Achieving final compaction within the prescribed time frame generally requires
working in small, discrete areas, an approach that differs from the methods used for
lime stabilization. Stewart (Little et al., 2000) explains that the second major design
consideration is that there is an optimum moisture content at which maximum strength
will be achieved. This optimum moisture content is typically below that for maximum
density often by as much as 7 to 8%. The strength of the stabilized material can be
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
114
reduced by 50% or more if the moisture content exceeds the optimum for maximum
strength by 4 to 6%. An understanding of both the influence of compaction delay and
moisture control of the stabilized material is essential to achieving the optimum
benefit from stabilization applications that use self-cementing fly ashes.
c) Portland cement stabilization
Little et al. 2000 states that Since 1915, more than 100,000 miles of equivalent 7.5 m
(24 ft) wide pavement bases has been constructed from cement-stabilized soils.
Cement has been found to be effective in stabilizing a wide variety of soils, including
granular materials, silts, and clays. Cement stabilization develops from the
cementations links between the calcium silicate and aluminate hydration products and
the soil particles. Cement addition to clay soils reduce the liquid limit, plasticity index,
and swelling potential, and increase the shrinkage limit and shear strength (Nelson and
Miller, 1992). Previous work carried on by Basma et al., 1998 showed that the
addition of cement in small percentages (3–9% of the dry weight of the soil) resulted
in a decrease in the swelling characteristics.
i) Definitions and Applications
Cement-stabilized materials generally fall into two classes soil-cement and cement
modified soil. Soil-cement is a mixture of pulverized soil material and/or aggregates,
measured amounts of Portland cement, and water that is compacted to a high density.
Enough cement is added to produce a hardened material with the strength and
durability necessary to serve as the primary structural base layer in a flexible
pavement or as a sub-base for rigid pavements. Cement-treated aggregate base and
recycled flexible pavements are considered soil-cement products. Cement-modified
soil is a soil or aggregate material that has been treated with a relatively small
proportion of Portland cement (less cement than is required to produce hardened soil-
cement) with the objective of altering undesirable properties of soils or other materials
so they are suitable for use in construction. Cement-modified soil is typically used to
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
115
improve sub-grade soils or to amend local aggregates for use as base in lieu of more
costly transported aggregates. Alternative terms include cement-treated or cement-
stabilized soil or sub-grade (Little et al., 2000).
ii) Stabilization Mechanisms
Portland cement is composed of calcium-silicates and calcium-aluminates that, when
combined with water, hydrate to form the cementing compounds of calcium silicate
hydrate and calcium-Aluminate-hydrate, as well as excess calcium hydroxide. Because
of the cementations material, as well as the calcium hydroxide (lime) formed, Portland
cement may be successful in stabilizing both granular and fine-grained soils, as well as
aggregates and miscellaneous materials.
A pozzolanic reaction between the calcium hydroxide released during hydration and
soil alumina and soil silica occurs in fine-grained clay soils and is an important aspect
of the stabilization of these soils. The permeability of cement stabilized material is
greatly reduced. The result is a moisture-resistant material that is highly durable and
resistant to leaching over the long term.
iii) Mix Design Considerations
Mix design requirements vary depending on the objective. Soil-cement bases generally
have more stringent requirements than cement-modified soil sub-grades. For soil-
cement bases, two types of testing have typically been used—durability tests and
strength tests.
The Portland Cement Association has developed requirements for AASHTO soils A-1
to A-7 that make it possible to determine the durability of cement on the basis of
maximum weight losses under wet-dry (ASTM D559) and freeze-thaw (ASTM D560)
tests. Many state departments of transportation (DOTs) currently require minimum
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
116
unconfined compressive strength testing (ASTM D1633) in lieu of these durability
tests (Little et al., 2000).
This requirement is often based on many years of experience with soil-cement. The
advantage of using these strength tests is that they can be conducted more rapidly than
the durability tests (7 days vs. 1 month) and require less laboratory equipment and
technician training. However, achievement of a specified strength does not always
ensure durability. Typical minimum strength varies from 200 to 750 pounds per square
inch. For cement-modified soils, the engineer selects an objective and defines the
cement requirements accordingly.
Objectives may include one or more of the following: reducing the plasticity index
(Atterberg limits, ASTM D4318); increasing the shrinkage limit; reducing the volume
change of the soil (AASHTO T116); reducing clay/silt-sized particles (hydrometer
analysis); meeting strength values/indexes such as the California Bearing Ratio
(ASTM D1883) or triaxial test (ASTM D2850); and improving resilient modulus
(ASTM D2434). Cement has been incorporated successfully into soils in the field with
plasticity indexes ranging as high as 50 (Little et al. 2000).
iv) Construction Considerations
Construction of soil-cement and cement-modified soil is normally a fast,
straightforward process. Cement can be incorporated into soil/aggregate in a number
of ways. The most common method is to spread dry cement in measured amounts on a
prepared soil/aggregate and blend it in with a transverse single-shaft mixer to a
specified depth. Cement slurries in which water and cement are combined in a 50/50
blend with a slurry-jet mixer or in a water truck with a recirculation pump have been
used successfully to reduce dusting and improve mixing with heavy clays (Little et al.,
2000). Sometimes, central mixing plants are employed. Twin shaft continuous-flow
pug mills are most common, although rotary-drum mixers have been used as well.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
117
Although construction procedures are similar for soil-cement and cement-modified
soil, pulverization requirements need to be adjusted accordingly.
The recommended pulverization for both granular and fine-grained soil (for soil
material exclusive of gravel or stone) is as follows:
Sieve Size Soil-Cement Cement-Modified Soil
45 mm (1 3/4 in.) - 100
25 mm (1 in.) 100 - 4.75 mm (#4) 80 60
Compaction is normally a minimum of 95 percent of either standard or modified
proctor density (ASTM D588 or ASTM D1557, respectively), with moisture content
+2 percent of optimum. Prusinski (Little et al., 2000) explains that Soil-cement shrinks
as a result of hydration and moisture loss. Shrinkage cracks develop in the base, and
can reflect through thin bituminous surfaces as thin (< 3 mm [1/8 in.]) cracks at a
spacing of 2 m (6 ft) to 12 m (40 ft). If proper construction procedures are followed,
shrinkage cracks may not reflect through, and if they do, they generally pose no
performance problem. However, cracks can compromise performance if they become
wide and admit significant moisture. A number of techniques have been used to
minimize this problem, including:
• compaction at a moisture content slightly drier than optimum;
• precracking through inducement of weakened planes or early load applications;
• delayed placement of surface hot mix; reduced cement content; and use of
interlayers to absorb crack energy and prevent further propagation.
Prusinski further explains (Little et al., 2000) that though portland cement no longer
widely used, probably because of higher first costs, combination treatment with lime
and portland cement of plastic clay soils offers an attractive alternative. The initial
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
118
lime treatment offers the ability to reduce plasticity and improve mixing efficiency,
and since the lime allows a mellowing period of up to three or four days, time is not a
constraint.
The addition of a relatively low amount of portland cement (approximately 2 to 3%)
upon final mixing provides the required strength even in clays that have moderate or
low reactivity with lime.
d) Cement By-Pass Dust (CBPD) Stabilization
Cement by-pass dust (CBPD) is a fine powder material produced as a by-product of
the manufacturing of Portland cement (Al-Rawas et al., 2002), which is also referred
to in the literature as “cement kiln dust.” It is generated during the calcining process in
the kiln. The composition of CBPD is quite variable from source to source, due to raw
materials and process variations. It is primarily made up of variable amounts of fine
calcined and uncalcined feed materials, fine cement clinker, fuel combustion by-
products, and condensed alkali compounds. Morgan and Halff, 1984 reported that
cement kiln dust is a cost effective and efficient solidifying agent compared to lime,
cement, fly ash, and sulphur. It was reported that cement kiln dust results in significant
reduction in the plasticity index and swell percent, and an increase in the compressive
strength of soil (Zaman et al., 1992). Zaman et al., 1992 showed that the addition of
25% cement kiln dust of the dry weight of a highly expansive soil resulted in reducing
the swell percent from 9.1% to 0%, and increasing the unconfined compressive
strength from 103 kPa to 290 kPa in a 56-day curing period.
e) Slag Stabilization
Slag materials are produced as by-products, and they can be grouped, based on their
composition, into two categories: iron and steel slags, and nonferrous slags (Al-
Rawas, et al., 2002). Blast furnace slag is derived from producing iron in a blast
furnace. The slag consists mainly of silicates and alumino-silicates of lime. Blast
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
119
furnace slag can be produced in three forms: air-cooled, granulated, and expanded
forms. Air-cooled slag is commonly used in concrete, asphalt, and road bases, and as
fill material. Granulated slag is used as slag-cement. Expanded slag is used as an
aggregate. Steel slags consist mainly of calcium, iron, unslaked lime, and magnesium.
Steel slag usually contains sufficient amounts (on the order of 30–50%) of lime, which
can be mixed with fly ash to provide lime for pozzolanic reactions (Chu and Kao,
1993). A useful review of the composition, types, and uses of various types of slags
was presented by Collins and Ciesielski, 1994.
Calcium-based stabilizers have been around for many years and have a well-
documented record of improving workability and decreasing expansiveness in soils
with expanding lattice clay minerals. Lime treatment offers the advantage of fairly
simple and reliable test methods to determine the required treatment level achieve the
required amount of lime modification and swelling reduction (Eades and Grim, 1966).
The major disadvantage of all calcium-based stabilizers that increase the pH of the
treated soil is the possible reaction of lime with soluble sulfates. This so-called
“sulfate reaction” reduces the amount of lime available to participate in the stabilizing
pozzolanic reactions, and even worse, the lime can react with the sulfates to produce
the highly expansive hydrated minerals ettringite and thaumasite (Mitchell, 1986) In
order for the sulfate reaction to occur in soils, at least ten percent clay and a pH greater
than 10.5 are required (Hunter, 1988). The minimum amount of soluble sulfate
required has been estimated as ranging from 2,000 ppm (Perrin, 1992) to as low as 700
ppm (Hunter, 1988). Puppala, et al., 2000 detected ettringite in soils having as little as
320 ppm soluble sulfates. Unlike clay swelling which can take place as the colloids
condense water from its vapor in the soil atmosphere, the sulfate reaction requires that
there be sufficient liquid water in the soil to maintain the sulfates in solution. The
reaction is believed to occur in as little as a “few months “ after lime treatment
(Hunter, 1988) and can continue to occur for years as long as the soil pH remains
above 10.4 and sulfates remain in solution (Puppala, et al., 2000).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
120
The use of lime to stabilize expansive clay soils is considered to be most effective
when dry CaO or Ca(OH)2 or slurried Ca(OH)2 can be mixed directly with the soil
along with an appropriate amount of water, allowed to cure, followed by mixing with
additional water and possibly lime for compaction, and finally, compacted to dry unit
weights close to the T-99 maximum. There are several variations on this approach
(Transportation Research Board, 1987). The technique of injecting lime slurries under
pressure directly into soils beneath the surface has had mixed success. Problems are
usually attributed to incomplete penetration of homogeneous, intact clays (Pengelly, et
al., 1997).
2.5.3.2 Non-Calcium Based Chemical Stabilizers
A variety of chemical additives which have demonstrated ability to improve the
engineering properties and workability of soils and soil-aggregate mixtures have been
developed. More recently, partly in response to the increasing recognition of the
sulfate problem described above, some of the old and some new chemical admixtures
have been put forth as being effective alternatives for the calcium-based treatments of
expansive clay soils. Many of the non-calcium based stabilizers are proprietary, and
the mechanisms of their stabilizing action are not clearly understood. Some are
believed to act in like calcium-based stabilizers in that they break down the clay
minerals (weathering) thereby reducing the amount of clay available to expand. Other
suggested mechanisms include replacement of adsorbed monovalent cations (ion
exchange), which lowers the water deficiency (suction) in the soil in a manner similar
to the role of the Ca+2 in lime treatment. Table (2.28) is a partial list of non-calcium
based chemical stabilizers purported to be effective in reducing soil swelling.
The review of the available literature for non-calcium based stabilizers revealed that
many of the non-calcium based chemicals seem to be most effective in treating soils,
aggregates and soil-aggregate mixtures that contain only small amounts of clay of low
plasticity.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
121
The applications have been mainly to surface courses and bases for low volume roads.
Beneficial effects (stabilization) in these applications refer to increases in strength and
cohesiveness, improvements in workability, and decreases in compressibility of the
treated materials. With the exception of EcSS-3000, EMC-SQUARED, HIExC, and
Roadbond EN-1, there is no experience, nor claim for the use of most of the
proprietary chemicals specifically to reduce swelling of highly plastic clay soils. As
indicated in Table (2.32), the advantages claimed for the first three products relates to
their ability to stabilize expansive clay soils containing high levels of sulfates.
Some additional perceived limitations of the use of the non-calcium based stabilizers
include the as yet relatively small number of well-documented field trials and
demonstrations and difficulty in determining appropriate treatment levels. Currently
there are no simple, rapid, widely recognized test methods to determine appropriate
treatment levels. The materials may not be available everywhere, and costs may be
high at the treatment levels required for very highly plastic, expansive clays
(Hardcastle, 2003).
Other chemical compounds, such as sodium silicate, calcium hydroxide, sodium
chloride, calcium chloride, and potassium nitrate, have been utilized in stabilizing
soils. However, there is no supporting evidence that any of them has economically
worthwhile benefits (Gromko 1974).
Furthermore, Nelson and Miller, 1992 reported that there is insufficient evidence that
salts other than sodium chloride and calcium chloride have adequate soil stabilization
capabilities to be economically justifiable.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
122
Table (2.32): Non-calcium based chemical soil stabilizers (after Hardcastle, 2003).
Stabilizing Chemical or Trade Name Manufacturer or Supplier Remarks
Ammonium and Potassium Lignosulfates Hayward-Baker Fort Worth, TX Injectable
Barium Chloride Barium Hydroxide Various Expensive, forhigh
SO4 clays
BIO-CAT (bioenzyme) Soil Stabilization Products, Inc. Merced, CA
CBR-PLUS CBR-PLUS North America, Inc. Vancouver, B.C.
Condor SS (sulfonatednaphthalene)
Earth Science Products Corp.Wilsonville, OR
Not effective with Smectite
Consolid-444 (ammonium chloride) American Consolid, Inc. Davenport, IA No contact
EcSS 3000 (sulfonated oil) Environmental Soil Stabilization, L.L.C. Arlington, TX
Injectable, highSO4 clays
EMC Squared(bioenzyme) Soil Stabilization Products, Inc. Merced, CA
Proprietary, for high SO4 clays
HIExC Environmental Soil Stabilization, L.L.C. Arlington, TX
Injection in highSO4 clays
Perma-Zyme(enzyme) International Enzymes @perma-zyme.com
PSCS-320 (bioenzyme) Alpha Omega Enterprises
Road Bond EN1 Sulfonated D-Limonene
C.S.S. Technology, Inc. Weatherford, TX 76086
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
123
2.5.4 Mechanical Treatments
The three types of treatments described as mechanical are surcharge stresses, fiber
reinforcement and Geogrids.
2.5.4.1 Surcharge Stress
Swell can be prevented if expansive clays can be loaded with a surcharge large enough
to counteract the expected swelling pressures. This is generally applicable only for
soils with Slow to moderate swelling pressures (Nelson and Miller, 1992). If the
surcharge material has a dry unit weight of 125 lbs/ft3, each foot of thickness provides
a surcharge stress of 125 lbs/ft2 or 0.063 tons/ft2. It’s clear that unless high fills are
required for highway grade considerations, the surcharge method is likely to be cost-
effective only for expansive soils with low swelling pressures. The surcharge material
itself can be a stabilized or encapsulated expansive soil or more commonly, a
nonexpansive borrow material. In some applications part of the expansive soil is
removed prior to placement of the surcharge material. The successful application of
this approach requires that laboratory swell tests be performed to determine the swell
pressure as the soil as goes from its initial moisture condition to the final stable
moisture condition. This treatment method can only be used in conjunction with new
construction of the pavement section (Hardcastle, 2003).
2.5.4.2 Fiber Reinforcement
Hardcastle, 2003 stated that the use of randomly oriented polypropylene fibers 25 to
50 mm in length for stabilizing expansive soils has been investigated by Puppala and
Musenda, 2000. In tests involving 0.3, 0.6 and 0.9 percent fibers by dry weight of
compacted soil, the inclusion of the fibers increased the unconfined compressive
strength over that of the untreated high plasticity CH soils. The strains required to
mobilize the increased strengths were larger than for the untreated soils. While the
fibers slightly reduced the shrinkage of soil pastes, the conventional swelling
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
124
measured in oedometer tests increased when the soils were treated with fibers. The
increased free swell was attributed to a more uniform distribution of moisture in the
compacted samples caused by the moisture paths created by the fibers. The use of 0.9
percent fiber reduced the swell pressures in the soil with a liquid limit of 82 percent
from 0.26 tons/ft2 to 0.22 tons/ft2. In the slightly less plastic soil (liquid limit of 73
percent), the swelling pressure was reduced from 0.39 tons/ft2 to 0.22 tons/ft2. The
investigators concluded that “the mechanisms causing the swelling pressure reductions
still need to be evaluated”. The use of fibers for reducing swelling doesn’t address any
of the three required conditions for swelling. Fibers don’t change the swelling clay
minerals in any way; fibers don’t reduce the water deficiency condition of the soil
from what it is in its compacted condition and fibers don’t make water unavailable to
the potentially expansive soil.
2.5.4.3 Geogrids
Geogrids can provide mechanical reinforcement of soft, compressible clay sub-grades.
Geogrids increase the strength and bearing capacity of the soil and can therefore be
considered to be a soil stabilizer. Geogrids are promoted by their manufacturer as
being an alternative to lime stabilization for heavy clays containing sulfates (Tensar
Earth Technologies, Inc., 2001), but it is difficult to see how they can prevent swelling
of soils containing highly expansive clay minerals. Like fibers, geogrids don’t alter the
structure of expanding lattice clay minerals in soil; geogrids can’t reduce the water
deficiency if the soil’s mineraology, condition and environment create a water
deficiency; and geogrids cannot prevent the entry if water becomes available to a soil
possessing the first two requirements. It does seem likely that like fibers, geogrids may
reduce swell pressures by providing some restraint in the form of tensile
reinforcement. By providing paths for the entry of moisture, geogrids may also
promote more uniform soil swelling when used with uniform soils.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
125
Chapter 3
BEHAVIOR OF SUPPER-STRUCTURE RESTING ON TREATED EXPANSIVE SOIL
“CASE STUDY”
3.1 General
This chapter presents a case study of a severely cracked reinforced concrete building
constructed on the middle Mokattam plateau. The stratigraphy of the middle
Mokattam plateau was presented and the geotechnical properties of the soil at the site
area were investigated using direct and indirect measurement tests. The building was
founded on a shallow foundation resting on treated expansive clay using medium sand
replacement. The field investigation revealed that the damage was caused by
differential heaving as a result of water leakage from a nearby drainage utility. The
movement of the building was simulated depending on six survey readings during a
time period reached about four years nearly after the building inclination. Also the
horizontal displacement for the building was predicted using two semi empirical
equations. The predicted results compared reasonably well with the actual
observations in the field.
3.2 Description of building and cracks
The case study described herein deals with expansive soil damage to a multi-story
reinforced concrete consists of six floors residential building located in El-Mokattam
medium plateau. The building was constructed in 1989 in El-Mokattam medium
plateau as a part of a large housing project, Figure (3.1) shows a satellite photo for this
project. The foundation system consists of isolated reinforced concrete footings
connected with tie beams (25x60 cm) resting on plain concrete raft (50 cm thick),
Figure (3.2).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
126
The preliminary geotechnical investigation data provided some clues for the presence
of expansive soils in the construction area. Accordingly some recommendations were
taken into consideration before construction and can be summarized in the following
notes:
1. The site should be excavated in dimensions exceeds the plain concrete dimensions
by 1.00m, and to level (-3.00 m) from the boreholes zero level.
2. Soil replacement with clean course sand as a method of treatment with thickness
1.50m, and dimensions exceeds the plain concrete dimensions by 1.00m shall be
applied.
3. The replacement soil should be good compacted in layers 25 cm each using roller
vibrators, such that the minimum required density using the Modified Proctor test
method shall be at least 95% of the maximum dry density with optimum moisture
content ±2%.
4. Bearing capacity at the replacement soil top equal 1.2 kg/cm2.
5. Plain concrete raft with thickness 50cm to be laid over the replaced soil.
6. The suggested foundation system is isolated reinforced concrete footings connected
with rigid ground beams of 30cm x 80cm in dimension.
7. All ground beams should be laid over the isolated footings and have a continuous
RFT 6 Ø 16 along the top and bottom sides tied by 6 Ø 10/m shear stirrups.
8. Sidewalks with 1.50m wide should be paved around buildings with taking all the
precautions to prevent any leakage from any sources of water to the soil.
9. Any backfilling shall be with compacted clean sand as the excavated soil cannot be
used in backfilling.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
127
A lawsuit was filed in 1998 by the existing homeowners (plaintiffs), claiming that the
soils and foundations did not adequately support the structure, causing instability and a
dangerous condition that required extensive repairs. The plaintiffs also claimed that
they were unaware of the defective and dangerous soil conditions, or the extent of the
repairs necessary to correct them.
With time, the damage progressed, and in October 1998, a consulting engineer carried
out an investigation of the building damages and stated the deviations that occurred in
the following:
• Damage to the building superstructure consisted of noticeable floors sloping
especially in the upper floors.
• Cracks in the longitudinal beams adjacent to the neighbor building specially at
the third, fourth and fifth floors.
• Significant separation between the upper floor slabs and the connecting
columns.
• Also it was observed that the greatest amount of distortion occurs at the side of
building adjacent to the neighbor one as the vertical articulation joint between
them had opened up significantly at the top.
• Some of the exterior columns exhibited horizontal and vertical displacements.
Figures (3.3a & 3.3b) show some of the damages to the building superstructure,
according to this investigation notes it was recommended the following:
1. Periodic monitoring of the cracks probagation.
2. Periodic monitoring of the building movement.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
128
Figure (3.1): A satellite photo for the housing project in the Mokattam middle plateau.
Figure (3.2): The utilized foundation system.
Expansive Soil Layer = 2.00 m
Porous Calcareous Sand Stone Layer
Sand Replacement Layer = 1.20 m
Fill
P.C thickness = 0.50 m
Tie Beams= (30 x 60 cm)Isolated footings
(0.00)
(‐2.00)
(‐2.50)
(‐3.70)
(‐5.70)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
129
Figure (3.3a): Photo for defects and cracks on front 1
Figure (3.3b): Photo for defects and cracks on front 2
Differential movement between buildings
Differential movement between buildings
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
130
Accordingly a comprehensive surveying field-monitoring program has been designed
and executed. This program starts from 15 December 1998 to 9 July 2002 .The main
aim of the program was to detect the spatial mode of movement propagation, in the
horizontal and vertical direction, referring to a fixed measuring reference bench marks.
Therefore, twelve vertical lines of inclination-marks (signed as A to H) are used to
monitor the building inclinations in X & Y directions. Another twelve settlement-
marks (signed as 1 to 12) have been fixed on 8 columns located on the severe three
sides of the building to calibrate the developed vertical displacement. The locations of
vertical lines of inclination-marks and the settlement-marks are shown in Figure (3.4).
The building inclinations in both X and Y directions, as well as in the vertical
displacements have been monitored four times in 15/12/1998, 31/12/1998, 22/2/1999,
and 30/6/1999, and these results were presented by (Ahmed, 2000), and monitoring
was continued on 22/2/2000, 5/7/2001 and finally finished on 9/7/2002.
The vertical displacements for the taken measurements are summarized in Table (3.1).
While the differential horizontal movements or inclinations in the (X-Y plane) with
respect to the fixed vertical planes of inclination are outlined in Table (3.2).The
measurement accuracy where about 2mm, and some points where missed with time as
shown in Table (3.2).
Although some repair works were carried out at that time, the remedial measures
showed that these works failed to stop the movements, and since December 1998 the
condition of the building has started to deteriorate.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
131
Table (3.1): Vertical displacement in centimeters for the specified points.
Observation date
Location 31/12/1998 22/2/1999 30/6/1999 22/2/2000 5/7/2001 9/7/2002
A (1) -0.4 0.0 0.0 0.00 0.00 0.00
B (2) -0.35 2.8 3.5 5.30 5.45 5.45
C (3) 0.05 5.50 7.4 13.17 15.25 15.95
D (4,5) -0.2 5.50 9.90 19.40 23.35 25.15
E (6,7) 0.18 5.60 9.80 20.7 24.20 26.85
F (8,9) 0.20 5.10 7.30 15.4 18.20 19.83
G (10,11) -0.18 3.60 4.00 8.60 9.18 9.97
H (12) -0.1 3.00 2.40 3.18 3.20 3.20
Average vl. displacement -0.1 3.88 5.54 10.72 12.35 15.20
Figure (3.4): Locations of vertical lines of inclination-marks and settlement-marks for
the defected building.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
132
Table (3.2): The detected structure horizontal displacement in centimeters: Observation
date 15/12/1998
* 31/12/1998 22/2/1999 30/6/1999 5/7/2001 9/7/2002
Point
No.
Floor
No. X-dir. Y-dir. X-dir. Y-dir. X-dir. Y-dir. X-dir. Y-dir. X-dir. Y-dir. X-dir. Y-dir.
A
1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
3 -2.50 -2.80 -2.80 -2.80 -3.60 -3.90
4 -0.40 -0.80 -0.90 -0.90 -1.90 -2.30
6 -2.30 -2.70 -2.90 -2.90 -4.35 -5.0
roof 0.60 0.00 -0.10 -0.10 missed missed
B
1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.90 2.60 2.60
3 -10.0 -10.0 -10.0 -10.0 -10.7 -10.8
4 -5.90 -6.10 -6.20 -6.20 -7.0 -7.1
5 -3.20 -3.50 -3.60 -3.60 -4.9 -4.90
6 -0.70 -0.90 -1.10 -1.2 -2.60 -2.90
roof 12.45 11.9 11.95 12.05 10.35 missed
C
1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 5 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9
3 1.90 1.9 1.80 1.80 1.60 1.60
4 -0.20 -0.30 -0.40 -0.60 -1.00 -1.20
roof -20.5 -20.7 -20.8 -21.0 missed missed
D
1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 -2.40 -2.70 -2.50 -2.80 -2.40 -2.40
3 -2.60 -2.80 -2.70 -3.10 -3.10 -3.10
4 -4.70 -5.10 -5.10 -5.40 -5.45 -5.80
6 -4.20 -4.70 -4.70 -5.30 -5.80 -5.90
roof -7.90 0.60 -8.40 0.40 -8.40 0.10 -9.2 0.80 -10.1 missed -9.90 missed
E 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
roof 7.80 13.90 7.70 14.30 7.70 14.20 7.0 13.95 6.10 missed 6.10 missed
F 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
roof 28.0 28.30 28.1 28.60 27.7 28.60 27.35 28.35 missed missed missed missed
G
1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
3 -1.10 -0.90 -0.90 -1.45 -2.1 -2.50
roof -0.60 0.40 -0.50 0.70 -0.40 0.60 -1.05 0.20 -3.55 0.10 -4.2 0.10
H 1 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
roof -1.40 -1.50 -1.70 -2.25 -3.60 -3.80 * The horizontal displacement readings in 15/12/1998 means either construction defects or horizontal
movements, therefore it was taken as a reference for the other following readings.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
133
3.3 Geological formation
The building lies at middle plateau of Gebel Mokattam Figure (3.1). Gebel Mokattam
is located east of Cairo and is bounded on the north by Gebel Ahmer, on the east by a
gently sloping desert area leading to the New Cairo city, on the south by the Greater
Cairo ring road, and on the west by the autostrade and Salah Salem road. Gebel
Mokattam is a topographically high area that has a relief equal to about 160 meters. It
includes two main flat-topped areas locally referred to as the middle and upper
plateaus. Mokattam city was built on to upper plateau whereas the middle plateau is
the site of a large housing project that started in the 1980's and has not been completed
so far (Yousif, 2000). The exposed rocks of Gebel Mokattam have a total thickness of
166 meters Figure (3.5). These rocks are Middle and Late Eocene in age.
The stratigraphy of the Mokattam rocks was studied by several workers. The exposed
Middle Eocene rocks of Gebel Mokattam are 77 meters thick and are composed
mainly of white, hard, micritic, fossiliferous limestone with some marly limestone
beds. These Middle Eocene rocks are divided into three formations which are, from
base to top, the Gebel Hof Formation, the Observatory Formation, and the lower part
of the El Qurn Formation. The overlying Upper Eocene rocks have brown to yellowish
brown color and are 89 meters thick. They include the following formations, from
base to top, the Upper part of El Qurn Formation, the Wadi Garawi Formation, the
Wadi Hof Formation, and the Anqabia Formation (Yousif, 2000).
The Middle Eocene rocks of Gebel Mokattam form the middle plateau and its
bounding scarps. The latter are characterized by their overall white to grayish white
color and their resistance to erosion. On the other hand, the Upper Eocene rocks form
the slope and upper surface of the upper plateau and are generally less resistant to
erosion and form recessive slopes. The exposed rocks of G. Mokattam have a gentle
northeastward dip equal to about 3° (Yousif, 2000).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
134
From a geotechnical point of view, the Middle Eocene rocks of the middle plateau of
G. Mokattam have a low-medium compressive strength equal to 40 MPa and a
Young's modulus equal to 5600 MPa (Moustafa et al., 1991).
Figure (3.5): Composite stratigraphic section of G. Mokattam (after El-Nahhas et al.,
1990).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
135
3.4 Geotechnical Properties
A preliminary study was conducted in 1989 to present the stratigraphy and properties
of the soil at the site area. Twenty six boreholes each of depth 10 m were drilled at the
site before construction to evaluate the soil reactivity. Results of the study showed that
the soils at site are quietly complex and vary from place to place at the local scale.
A geotechnical group was retained in November 1999 as an expert for the owner
company to investigate the causes of cracking and to propose and implement
appropriate remedial repair work. At the time of the investigation, the house was
approximately 10 years old. The depth of foundation was about 2.50m below ground
surface, then a replacement soil layer (sand cushion), 1.20m consists of graded sand,
were placed and compacted on four layers. The relative compaction results of
replacement soil are shown in Table (3.3)
Table (3.3): Relative compaction of replacement soil for building (102)
Building Position Relative compaction ( % ) for layer
1 2 3 4
102 1 96.8 96.9 96.3 97.4
2 96.8 97.9 97.9 95.8
As shown in the table that the replacement soil is densely compacted, and this means
that there are no problems in the compaction process.
The investigation soil program includes drilling three boreholes of depth 10, 10 and 6
m respectively at the site to evaluate the soil properties, the boring locations are
illustrated in Figure (3.6). The geological soil profile at the site of borings is presented
in Table (3.4). It must be mentioned that borehole No. 1 & 2 have been drilled outside
the foundation area, while borehole No. 3 have been executed within the foundation
area (sand cushion).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
136
The soil stratification at the site starts with a surface fill layer extended to a depth of
about 2.20m from the ground surface, as shown in Table (3.4). Then it is followed by
an expansive clay layer intercalated with some graded sand, tubes of gypsum crystals
and iron oxides. The expansive soil layer extended to a depth of about 5.70m below
ground surface. The expansive soil layer rests on a bed of dark yellowish calcareous
sandstone. Figure (3.7) shows photos for an open cut near the site and samples for that
expansive soil.
Table (3.4): The soil profile for the boreholes around the defected building:
Soil Profile
Description
Bore hole No.
1 2 3
FILL:
calcareous clayey silty graded sand,
some gravel & lime stone fragments
(0.00m) to (-1.00m) ---------- (0.00m) to (-1.00m)
SILT-CLAY:
calcareous, some graded loose sand
(yellow)
(-1.00m) to (-2.20m) (0.00m) to (-1.00m) ----------
SANDSTONE:
calcareous porous (yellow) ---------- (-1.00m) to (-2.20m) (-1.00m) to (-2.20m)
CLAY:
contains some silt, iron oxides &
gypsum (light brown to grey)
(-2.20m) to (-5.70m) (-2.20m) to (-5.70m) (-2.20m) to (-5.70m)
SANDSTONE:
calcareous porous (yellow) (-5.70m) to (-8.00m) (-5.70m) to (-8.00m)
CLAY:
contains some silt, iron oxides &
gypsum (light brown to grey)
(-8.00m) to (-9.00m) (-8.00m) to (-9.00m)
SANDSTONE: calcareous porous
(yellow) (-9.00m) to (-10.00m) (-9.00m) to (-10.00m)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
137
The site investigation revealed that the building distortion could be attributed to soil
heave due to the inadequate provision of site drainage. There was evidence of water
leaking near the building and also the courtyard was not paved which make led it to be
affected by any surface water. Also it was found a number of trees planted close to the
buildings, their roots can reach under the buildings, sucking moisture and causing
excessive drying and shrinkage to soil.
The geotechnical investigation properties of the three expansive soil samples are
summarized in Table (3.5). The results of water content after water leakage were
approximately equal to plastic limit for the three expansive soil samples. This means
that the expansive soil in the site becomes saturated.
Table (3.5): Geotechnical properties of the existing clay:
Boring Number 1 2 3
Depth (m) 4 3 4
Soil Classification Clay Clay Clay
Natural unit weight (gm/cm3) 2.013 1.702 1.827
Clay Content (%) 84.13 85.36 88.32
Moisture Content after water leakage (%) 29.3 33.4 33.6
Liquid Limit (%) 95.6 84.8 92.90
Plastic Limit (%) 31.5 24.9 31.5
Shrinkage Limit (%) 14.9 12.5 15.2
Plasticity Index (%) 64.1 59.9 61.4
Activity= %PI/(CC-5) (according to Carter and Bentley,1991) 0.81 0.75 0.74
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
138
Figure (3.6): Schematic layout for the described building and boreholes, the defected
building is the shaded one.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
139
`
Figure (3.7a): Photo for the expansive soil layer bearing on calcareous sandstone
layer
Figure (3.7b): Photo showing the shrink – swell effect for expansive soil layer.
Expansive soil layer
Shrink –Swell effect
Calcareous Sand Stone layer
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
140
Figure (3.7e): Undisturbed expansive soil sample before preparation
Figure (3.7f): Samples from the expansive soil layer showing the apparent
composition of this layer
Iron oxide
Gypsum crystals
Sand traces
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
141
3.4.1 Indirect measurements
Indirect estimation of swelling soil activity and swelling potential was performed
using charts and empirical formulas. Van der Merwe classification chart (Figure 3.8)
and the proposed chart according to Carter and Bentley, 1991(Figure 3.9) were used to
define the category of fine grained materials.
Figure (3.8): Classification of expansive soil samples according to Van de Merwe,
1964.
Figure (3.9): Classification of expansive soil according to Seed et al. (1960) and
modified by Carter and Bentley, 1991.
Bore(2) depth(3m)
Bore(3) depth(4m)
Bore(1) depth(4m)
Bore(2) depth(3m)Bore(3) depth(4m)
Bore(1) depth(4m)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
142
Figure (3.9) shows that the swelling potential equal to 25 % and is classified very high
swelling soil according to Van der Merwe, (1964) and Seed et al. (1960).
The results indicate that the soil is associated with clay, which could swell
considerably when wetted. The soils proved to have the ability to absorb and retain a
great deal of water and undergo significant volumetric changes with moisture
fluctuations (i.e. clay having high to very high swelling potential). The swelling
potential of expansive soil is discussed using empirical equations as shown in Table
(3.6).
Table (3.6): Classification of swelling potential of expansive soil samples as assessed
using empirical equations
Boring
type
Sample
depth (m)
Altmeyer
(1955)
Ranganatham and
Satyanarayana (1965)
Seed et al.
(1962)
Snethen
(1980)
Holtz et
al. (1973)
BRE
(1980)
Ghen
(1988)
Carter and
Bentley, (1991)
1 4 Not critical Very high High Very highModerate to
high
High to
Very high
High to
Very highVery high
2 3 Not critical Very high High Very high High High to
Very high
High to
Very highVery high
3 4 Not critical Very high High Very highModerate to
high
High to
Very high
High to
Very highVery high
The results illustrate the following comments on the existing clays:
i) All the classifications do not give the same assessment of the swelling or
shrinkage potential of the soils.
ii) The swelling of the examined soils is clearly apparent from all the
classifications and it's extremely high to very high swelling, except Altmeyer’s
classification which appears to underestimate the swelling potential.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
143
3.4.2 Direct Measurements
The results of simple modified oedometer test according to Jenning et al., 1973
yielded a swelling pressure ranging from 3.5 to 6.5 kg/cm2 and swelling potential
varies from 7.5% to 9.8% as shown in Table(3.7) and Figure (3.10).
Table (3.7): Swelling & swelling pressure of expansive soil samples*:
Boring Number 2 3
Depth (m) 3 4
Swelling (%) at ( 1.03 Kg/cm2 ) = ∆e1+eo
7.5 9.8
Swelling pressure ( Kg/cm2 ) 3.5 6.5
* Stress at center line of expansive soil layer = Δσ + σo= 1.03 kg/cm2
Figure (3.10): Results of expansive soil samples using simple modified oedometer test
according to Jenning et al., 1973.
eo=0.47σf
0.35
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.55
0.60
0.65
0.1 1 10 100
eo
Stress (kg/cm2)
Bore (2)
Bore (3)
`
σs3
`
σs2
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
144
The difference in swelling properties of expansive soil between the two samples can
be attributed to the difference in clay content, atterberg limits and the presence of sand
traces, gypsum and iron oxide with different ratios in the two samples.
3.5 Heave prediction
3.5.1 Heave prediction using semi-empirical heave equations
The final heave of expansive clay layer is predicted using two methods for the
expansive soil samples. The first method used is the Stress changes method
(According to Rama et al., 1988). In this method the pore water pressure was taken
equal to zero (according to Fredlund and Rahardjo, 1993) as the water was flowing
downward. The second method is the Suction changes method (According to
Hamberg, 1985). The predicted heave values are shown in Table (3.8) and Figure
(3.11).
Table (3.8): Predicted heave according to Hamberg, 1985 and Rama et al., 1988.
Bore
Bore (2) depth= 3.00m Bore (3) depth= 4.00m
eo ef WS.L WP.L eo ef WS.L WP.L
0.47 0.59 12.5 24.9 0.47 0.61 15.2 31.5
Cw1 0.01 0.01
∆w 28.40 28.60
Sp according to Rama et al., 1988 0.075 0.095
Sp according to Hamberg, 1985 0.287 0.287
H (m) thickness of layer 2.00 2.00
∆H (cm) Hamberg,1985 57.4 57.8
∆H (cm) Rama et al.,1988 15 19
Figure (3
The resul
utility and
The heav
through e
(2) and 19
the two bo
The heav
through e
for the tw
two boreh
can be at
leakage.
Pred
icted Heave (cm)
3.11): Com
lts of heav
d at the da
e predicti
xpansive
9 cm at b
oreholes l
ve predicti
expansive
wo boreho
holes locat
ttributed
0.00
10.00
20.00
30.00
40.00
50.00
60.00
70.00
Bo
S
mparison b
ve were p
ate of bore
on results
soil. The h
ore (3). A
ocations i
ion results
soil. The
les. Accor
tions is ap
to the di
ore (2)
Swelling per
between th
and Ra
predicted
eholes drill
s accordin
heave pre
Accordingl
s equal to
s accordin
total heav
rdingly th
pproximate
fference b
rformance
145
he predict
ama et al.
after leak
ling, this m
ng Rama e
diction fo
ly the rela
4 cm.
ng Hambe
ve predict
he relative
ely 0.4 cm
between w
B
of some exp
ted heave a
, 1988.
kage of w
means tha
et al., 198
or expansiv
ative heav
erg, 1985
tion for ex
e heave fo
m. The rea
water con
Bore (3)
Ha
Ra
pansive soil
according
water from
at the soil i
88 depend
ve soil is e
ve for exp
depends
xpansive
or expansiv
son of Ha
ntent befo
amberg,
ama et al
l treatment
g to Hamb
m a nearby
is under sw
ds on stres
equal 15 c
ansive soi
on suctio
soil is abo
ve soil be
amberg, 19
ore and a
1985
l, 1988
t techniques
berg, 1985
y drainage
welling.
ss changes
cm at bore
il between
n changes
out 58 cm
etween the
985 results
fter water
Average
s
5
e
s
e
n
s
m
e
s
r
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
146
The results of predicted heave according to Hamberg, 1985 is about 3.5 times the
value obtained using Rama et al., 1988 and this result agree with Abdel-Moatty, 1999.
3.5.2 Heave prediction using empirical heave equations
The swelling potential is predicted using empirical heave equations and is summarized
in Table (3.9) also the swelling pressure is predicted and summarized in Table (3.10).
Table (3.9): Comparison between the swelling potential according to Hamberg, 1985
(Spo) and the predicted swelling potential (Sp) for other different equations: (H=
2.00m thick)
Bore (2) (3)
Depth (m) 3.00 4.00
Swelling potential
according to Hamberg (1985) Spo (%) 29 29
Vijayvergiya and Ghazzaly (1973) Predicted swelling (%) 3.04 3.06
Sp / Spo 0.41 0.31
Weston (1980) Predicted swelling (%) 99.58 167.92
Sp / Spo 13.28 17.13
Schneider and Poor (1974) Predicted swelling (%) 4.E+09 7.E+09
Sp / Spo 5.33E+08 7.14E+08
Brackley et al. (1975) Predicted swelling (%) 89 89
Sp / Spo 11.87 9.08
Brackley et al. (1983) Predicted swelling (%) 67 69
Sp / Spo 8.93 7.04
Zacharais & Ranganathan (1972) Predicted swelling (%) 118.1 124.9
Sp / Spo 15.75 12.74
Nayak and Christensen (1974) Predicted swelling (%) 154 164.8
Sp / Spo 20.53 16.82
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
147
The results illustrate the following comments on the existing clays:
iii) All the empirical equations do not give the same assessment of the swelling
potential of the soils.
iv) All the empirical equations overestimate the swelling potential using oedometer
test, except Vijayvergiya and Ghazzaly (1973) equation which appears to
underestimate the swelling potential.
Table (3.10): Comparison between the swelling pressure using oedometer test and
predicted swelling pressure for different equations: Bore (2) (3)
Depth (m) 3.00 4.00
Swelling Pressure Psoed. (kg/cm2) 3.5 6.5
Popescu (1983) Predicted (Ps kg/cm2) 1.65 1.71
Pspred. / Psoed. 0.47 0.26
El Sohby & Mazen
(1987)
Predicted (Ps kg/cm2) 1.55 1.55
Pspred. / Psoed. 0.44 0.24
Dedier el al. (1973)
eqn(2)
Predicted (Ps kg/cm2) 3.14 3.14
Pspred. / Psoed. 0.90 0.48
El Sohby & Rabbaa
(1981)
Predicted (Ps kg/cm2) 5.8 5.8
Pspred. / Psoed. 1.66 0.89
Brackley et al. (1975) Predicted (Ps kg/cm2) 9.96 9.96
Pspred. / Psoed. 2.85 1.53
Brackley et al. (1983) Predicted (Ps kg/cm2) 14.01 14.95
Pspred. / Psoed. 4.00 2.30
Dedier el al. (1973)
eqn(1)
Predicted (Ps kg/cm2) 3.86 4.71
Pspred. / Psoed. 1.10 0.72
Zacharais &
Ranganathan (1972)
Predicted (Ps kg/cm2) 1.08 1.11
Pspred. / Psoed. 0.31 0.17
Nayak and Christensen
(1974)
Predicted (Ps kg/cm2) 10.8 11.46
Pspred. / Psoed. 3.09 1.76
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
148
The results illustrate the following comments on the existing clays:
v) All the classifications do not give the same assessment of the swelling pressure
of the soils.
vi) The predicted swelling pressure according to Popescu (1983), El Sohby &
Mazen (1987), Dedier el al. (1973) and Ranganathan (1972) underestimate that
using oedometer. While the swelling pressure results according to Brackley et
al. (1975), Brackley et al. (1983) and Nayak and Christensen (1974)
overestimate that using oedometer.
vii) The swelling pressure results according to El Sohby & Rabbaa (1981) and
Dedier el al. (1973) agree with that obtained from oedometer.
The results show that the above empirical equations (models) are someway useful to
predict the swelling properties of soils but cannot be precisely used for all types of
clay. There is a need to collect enough data in each area in order to develop specific
models for specific type of clay.
3.6 Measured building movements
Vertical displacement was plotted to determine the kind of movement and the state at
which the soil undergoes either heave or shrinkage with time. The positive
displacement values means settlement while the negative ones means heave. The
vertical displacement values are shown for different settlement marks distributed
along each front for the building as shown in Figures (3.12 to 3.15).
The vertical displacements for whole settlement points are shown in Figure (3.16), and
the relative displacement along each front is plotted in Figure (3.17). Horizontal
displacements for the building roof are presented in both directions (longitudinal and
transverse directions) as shown in Figure (3.18 and 3.19).
Figure (3
Figure (3
‐5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
vertical displacem
ent (cm
)
2
3
vertical displacem
ent (cm
)
3.12): Ver
3.13): Ver
‐0.4
‐5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
‐0
S
rtical displ
rtical displ
0
‐0.352
0.05‐0.
.13
‐0.180.2
Swelling per
lacement f
lacement f
0
.8 3.5
5.5.2
5.5
Measurin
2.4
3.6 4
5.10.185.6
Measurin
rformance
149
for the bui
for the bui
0
5.3
7.4
139.9
ng date
3.18
48.6
7.3
9.8
g date
of some exp
ilding fron
ilding fron
0
5.45
3.17 15.
19.4
3.2
9.18
15.418
20.7
pansive soil
nt (1) vers
nt (2) vers
0
5.45
.25 15.9
23.35 2
3.2
9.97
8.2 19.8
24.226
l treatment
sus measur
sus measur
A (1)
B (2)
C(3)D (
95
25.15
H (12 )
G (10,11
F (8,9E (6,
83
6.85
t techniques
ring date.
ring date.
(4,5)
1)
),7)
s
Swelling p
Figure (3
Figure (3
1
1
2
2
30
vertical displacem
ent (cm
)
‐
2
4
6
8
10
vertical displacem
ent (cm
)
erformance
3.14): Ver
3.15): Ver
‐5
0
5
10
15
20
5
0
0.2
‐2
0
2
4
6
8
‐0.4
e of some e
rtical displ
rtical displ
25.10.18‐0.2
4
0
‐0.1‐0.18
expansive s
lacement f
lacement f
7.35.6
5.5
Measurin
0
32
3.6
Measuri
soil treatme
150
for the bui
for the bui
15.49.8
2
9.9
ng date
0
2.4 3.
4
ng date
ent techniq
ilding fron
ilding fron
18.2
20.72419.4
0
18 3.
8.6
ques
nt (3) vers
nt (4) vers
19.8
4.2 26.823.35
0
.2 3
9.18
sus measur
sus measur
F (8,
E
83
8525.15
A (1)
H (
G
.2
9.97
ring date.
ring date.
,9)
(6,7)
D (4,5)
12 )
G (10,11)
Figure (
Figu
‐5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30Ve
rtical displacmen
t (cm
)
A
‐5
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Rel
ativ
e di
spla
cem
ent (
mm
)
(3.16): Ver
ure (3.17):
(1) B (
S
rtical disp
: Relative
(2) C(3
Re
Swelling per
placement f
vertical d
me
3) D(4,
Measu
elative v
rformance
151
for the bu
date.
displaceme
asuring d
Measuring
,5) E (
uring date
vl. displ
of some exp
uilding ben
ent for the
date.
g date
6,7) F
lacemen
pansive soil
nch marks
e building f
(8,9)
nt
l treatment
s versus m
facades ve
G (10,11)
D‐A
H‐A
t techniques
measuring
ersus
A (1(
B (2(
C(3(
D(4,5(E (6,7(
F (8,9(
G (10,11(
H (12 (
H (12 )
E‐H
E‐D
s
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
152
Figure (3.18): Horizontal displacement at roof in the longitudinal direction relative to
the first reading versus measuring date.
Figure (3.19): Horizontal displacement at roof in the transverse direction relative to
the first reading versus measuring date.
24/07/1998
09/02/1999
28/08/1999
15/03/2000
01/10/2000
19/04/2001
05/11/2001
24/05/2002
10/12/2002
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4
Measuring
date
Horizontal displacement (cm)
A B
C D
E F
G H
Boreholes drilling date
Average
Hz.
displacemen
t
Date at constant readings
FinalH
z. displacem
ent
01/11/1998
21/12/1998
09/02/1999
31/03/1999
20/05/1999
09/07/1999
28/08/1999
‐5 ‐4 ‐3 ‐2 ‐1 0 1 2 3 4 5
Measuring
date
Horizontal displacement (cm)
D
E
F
G
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
153
The observed results give the following comments:
• As shown in Figures (3.12 to 3.16) that all the readings were of positive values
which means that the building is undergoing settlement as mentioned before.
This also means that at the time of investigation, the building has completed its
heave, and all the deformation happening are due to water dissipation from soil.
• The large settlement values are of points E and D (front 3) and the smallest
values are for points A and H (front 4), this means that (front 3) is settling faster
than (front 4), and the decrease in moisture content below (front 3) is bigger
than (front 4) as shown in Figure (3.16).And this is compatible with the
presence of water leaking from a nearby drainage utility near (point A), as were
found in the investigation.
• According to Figure (3.17) the building inclination is towards the road, and the
main inclination is in the longitudinal direction as shown in the relative
displacement between points (D and A) on (front 1) and points (E and H) on
(front 2), while in the transverse direction the relative displacement between
points (H and A) on (front 4) and points (E and D) on (front 3) is small to make
problems to the building in this direction.
• All the vertical surveying lines in the longitudinal direction as in Figure (3.18)
were inclined in the same direction, unless some points were missed in the latest
readings but all the building tends to move away from the neighbor building,
and this is appeared in Figure (3.20). The last readings for vertical surveying
lines are approximately constant and tend to stop in some points.
• The vertical surveying lines in the transverse direction, Figure (3.19) have very
small displacements which vary from positive to negative values, and this can
be attributed to the allowable errors in surveying work.
• As shown in Figure (3.16) that the displacement of settlement points in the last
three readings tends to decrease and it stops in others, which means that the
building tends to return to its initial mode and began to gains its stability, and
this can be a sign in starting the repair works.
3
Swelling p
Figure (
3.7 Comp
comp
According
inclination
away from
drilling b
longitudin
predicted
measured
the longitu
A compar
displacem
direction
erformance
(3.20): Mo
parison b
onents:
g to the m
n of the b
m the neig
boreholes,
nal and tra
vertical
d tilting an
udinal and
rison was
ments, Tab
and comp
e of some e
ovement of
between t
measured r
building i
ghbor buil
, we can
ansverse d
displacem
ngle was ca
d transver
done betw
ble (3.11
ponents are
expansive s
of the appa
the measu
relative ve
s in the lo
lding. By
n get the
directions
ment using
alculated,
se directio
ween the m
). Schem
e shown in
soil treatme
154
arent defec
one.
ured and
ertical and
ongitudina
using Fig
e measur
at this tim
g (Hambe
then the h
ons were o
measured h
matic diag
n Figures
ent techniq
cted build
d predicte
d horizonta
al directio
gures (3.18
red horizo
me, accordi
erg, 1985
horizontal
obtained.
horizontal
grams for
(3.21 and
Significbetwee
ques
ding away f
ed horizo
al displace
on toward
8 and 3.19
ontal dis
ing to the
and Ram
l displacem
l displacem
r the bui
3.22)
cant Openn the two
from the a
ontal disp
ements, th
ds the adja
9) and at t
placemen
building h
ma et al, 1
ment comp
ments and
lding dis
ning o building
adjacent
placement
he induced
acent road
the date of
ts in the
height and
1988), the
ponents in
d predicted
placement
gs
t
d
d
f
e
d
e
n
d
t
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
155
Figure (3.21): Building rotation between bore (3) and bore (2).
Figure (3.22): Directions of horizontal displacement components.
G
E
F
AB
D
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
156
Table (3.11): Calculated horizontal displacement components using measured and
predicted values:
Data Measured Rama et al,1988 Hamberg,1985
Dist between D : A E : H Bore(3): Bore(2) Bore(3):Bore(2)
Distance (m) 19.64 19.64 11 11
Relative vertical disp. (Δvl) (cm) 2.40 2.30 4.08 (Δvlpred.) 0.4 (Δvlpred.)
Average horizontal disp. in Longitudinal direction at roof (cm)
Initial state date : Boring date 1.2* 1.2* ------------ 0.2 (ΔHzpred.)
Boring date : Final date 1.05* 1.05* 3.9 (ΔHzpred.) ------------
Average horizontal disp. in transverse direction at roof (cm)
0.0** 0.0** 5 (ΔHzpred.) 0.3 (ΔHzpred.)
* These values according to Figure (3.18)
** These values according to Figure (3.19)
In case of longitudinal direction, the building horizontal displacement direction
according to Rama et al, 1988 agree with the actual horizontal displacement direction
and the predicted value is about 4 times the measured value as shown in Table (3.11),
while by according to Hamberg, 1985 the predicted value is about 0.17 times the
measured value.
In case of transverse direction, the building horizontal displacement according to
Hamberg, 1985 is approximately equal to that measured value, Table (3.11).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
157
Chapter 4
LABORATORY FOOTING MODELS RESTING ON UNTREATED
AND TREATED EXPANSIVE SOIL
4.1 General
Swelling behavior of shallow foundations rested on treated expansive soil is generally
affected by different factors. Some of these factors are related to the boundary
conditions controlling the site deposition and the mode of water migration, while the
others are related to the employed treatment technique for damping the heave potential
of the expansive soil. The main objective of this chapter is to investigate the
effectiveness of some widely used treatment techniques to eliminate or damp the
swelling behavior of expansive soil. The expansive soil used is classified using direct
and indirect tests. A laboratory testing program is designed to determine the swelling
behavior of shallow footings resting on treated expansive soil employing different
treatment techniques. The suggested experimental program consists of four groups,
Three cushion types are used in this chapter (medium sand cushion, medium sand
+5% hydrated lime cushion and expansive soil +5% hydrated lime cushion). The main
objective of this experimental program is to determine the effect of footing stress,
cushion type, polyethylene sheet location and water leakage space on the heave - time
relationship, moisture content profile and differential heave between footings. The
final heave of footings is predicted using two semi-empirical heave equations, Stress
Changes method (according to Rama et al., 1988) and Suction Changes method
(according to Hamberg, 1985). The measured and predicted footings heave are
compared and presented for different study factors.
4.2 Properties of expansive soil used
The geotechnical properties of the used expansive were determined using direct and
indirect methods and it was classified by different methods as shown in the following.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
158
4.3 Indirect measurement tests results
Grain size characteristics and index properties of the expansive soil used (liquid limit,
plastic limit, shrinkage limit), clay content and free swell percent are summarized in
Table (4.1).
Table (4.1): Physical properties of the expansive soil used
Soil Property Value
Specific Gravity 2.73
Silt Size (%) 51.00
Clay Size (%) 49.00
Liquid Limit WLL 85.00
Plastic Limit WPL 34.32
Plasticity Index PI 50.68
Clay content% (<2μ) 49.00
Free swell (%) 102.5
The free swell test on the sample according to Holtz and Gibbs, 1956 indicated a value
about 103% (Table 4.1). This result indicates that the expansive soil used is associated
with clay, which could swell considerably when wetted.
The activity of the expansive soil is calculated using Skempton, 1953 and Cartel et al.,
1991 equations, the results are summarized in Table (4.2). The clay mineral of
expansive soil is identified according to the Casagrande A line chart, (Figures 4.1).
Swelling potential is obtained using Van de Merwe, 1964 chart (Figures 4.2), Seed, et
al., 1960 chart (Figure 4.3).
Table (4.2
Activ
Accordi
Valu
Classific
Figure
2): Classif
vity
ing to
ue
cation
e (4.1): Cl
S
fication of
Skem
lassificatio
Swelling per
f the expan
mpton (1953
1.03
Active
on of expa
rformance
159
nsive soil
3)
ansive soil
of some exp
used
l mineral u
pansive soil
Cartel et a
1.1
Very a
using Casa
l treatment
al., (1991)
15
active
agrande’s
t techniques
s chart.
s
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
160
Figure (4.2): Classification of expansive soil samples according to Van de Merwe,
1964.
Figure (4.3): Classification of expansive soil according to Seed et al., 1960 and
modified by Carter and Bentley, 1991.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
161
The clay mineral of expansive soil is illite according to the Casagrande A line chart,
(Figures 4.1). The results indicate that the expansive soil used is high to very high
swelling according to Seed et al. (1960), Van der Merwe (1964) and Cartel et al.
(1991), swelling potential is equal to 25% according to Cartel et al. (1991). The
activity of expansive soil is ranging from active to very active according to Skempton,
(1954) and Cartel et al. (1991) equations.
The classification of swelling potential (Sp) is discussed by different classifications,
Table (4.3).
Table (4.3): Swelling potential of expansive soil used as assessed by different
empirical equations
Soil
property
Altmeyer
(1955)
Ranganatham and
Satyanarayana (1965)
Seed et al.
(1962)
Snethen
(1980)
Holtz et al.
(1973) BRE (1980)
Ghen
(1988)
Swelling
potential Low Very high High
Very
high Very high
Moderate
to
Very high
Very
high
The results of soil classification show that;
i) All the classifications do not give the same assessment of the swelling or
shrinkage potential of the soils.
ii) The swelling of the examined soils is clearly apparent from all the
classifications and it's extremely high to very high swelling, except Altmeyer’s
classification which appears to underestimate the swelling potential.
Accordingly the expansive soil used proved to have the ability to absorb and retain a
great deal of water and undergo significant volumetric changes with moisture
fluctuations (i.e. clay having high to very high swelling potential).
Swelling p 4.4 Dire
The swel
according
Figure (4
The resul
yielded a
swelling p
While in c
14 kg/cm2
Figure (4
pressure o
cementitio
with that
M. M., 19
eo
0.8
0.9
1
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
0.
Voi
d ra
tio (
e)
erformance
ect measu
lling prop
g to Jennin
(4.4): Resu
lts of sim
a swelling
potential a
case of ex2 and swel
4.4). Acco
of expansi
ous mater
proposed
979 and A
1
e of some e
rement te
perties ar
ng et al. (1
ults of exp
ac
mple mod
g pressure
at (0.5 Kg/
xpansive s
lling poten
rdingly u
ive soil; th
rials are p
by El-Ra
Abdel-Hady
expansive s
ests result
re determ
973), Figu
ansive soi
ccording to
ified oedo
e for untr
/cm2) of a
soil treated
ntial at (0.
using lime
his is due
produced
ayes, M. K
y, 2007.
1
soil treatme
162
ts
mined usi
ure (4.4).
il samples
o Jenning
ometer te
eated exp
approxima
d with 5%
.5 Kg/cm2
content
to pozzola
which ha
K., Hindi,
Stress
ent techniq
ing simpl
using sim
et al., 197
est accord
pansive so
tely 16.6 %
% lime, the2) of appro
in stabiliz
anic reacti
ave high v
A. O., R
s (kg/cm2)
E
E
σ
ques
le modifi
mple modif
73.
ding to Je
oil of abo
% as show
e swelling
oximately
zation inc
ions in wh
volume in
Radwan, A
10
Expansive
Expansive
σs
ied oedom
fied oedom
enning et
out 8.5 kg
wn in Figu
pressure i
16.5 % as
creases the
hich new c
ncrease, th
A. M. and
e soil + 5
e soil
meter test
meter test
al., 1973
g/cm2 and
ure (4.4).
is equal to
s shown in
e swelling
crystalline
his agrees
El-Sharif
100
5% lime
t
3
d
o
n
g
e
s
f,
0
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
163
4.5 Laboratory model test
The test experiments are conducted on square model footings (F1 and F4) of 3 cm side
dimensions and 1 cm thick as well as circular footings (F2 and F3) of 3 cm diameter
and 1 cm thick. The model footings were inserted in a laboratory model container of
inside dimensions 49 cm by 25 cm, and 25 cm in height. To prevent tilting of the
model footing upon loading and during the course of the test, the model footing was
attached to a cylindrical solid steel rod (1.30 cm in diameter), which was screwed into
the model footing’s center of gravity. This rod was greased and passed through a
circular hole (1.4cm in diameter) in a steel plate that was fixed to the sides of the
metal box container. The details of the different parts of the mould and the test model
setup are shown in Figure (4.5).
4.6 Test procedure
The footing heave is measured using dial gauge with sensitivity of 0.02 mm per
division. The specimens are subjected to water leakage at foundation level. The
specimen thickness is equal to 2.67 footing width for untreated and treated expansive
soils. Thickness of soil replacement is equal to 0.67 footing width. The test procedure
is as following; i) eight soil specimens are prepared in the testing mould from the
expansive soil used, ii) for each test, a specific weight is placed in the mould in four
equal layers (the replacement cushion is compacted to a density equal to the expansive
soil density), iii) the specimens are compacted to thickness equal 8 cm for both
untreated and treated soils, iv) the location of footings are shown in Figure (4.6), v)
the initial immediate settlement corresponding to the footing stress 0.5 kg/cm2 is
recorded, vi) water is added to the soil surface and allowed to flow downward through
the soil specimen, vii) the footing heave at different time intervals is recorded, viii) the
test is terminated when the rate of heave become nearly zero and, ix) at the end of
each test, the moisture content profile is determined.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
164
Figure (4.5): Testing mould details.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
165
4.7 Laboratory test program
The suggested experimental program consists of four groups. The main objective of
this experimental program is to determine the effect of footing stress, cushion type,
polyethylene sheet location and water leakage space on the heave- time relationship
and moisture content profile. Three cushion types are used (medium sand cushion,
medium sand +5% hydrated lime cushion, and expansive soil +5% hydrated lime
cushion). Properties of hydrated lime are shown in Table (4.4) and the suggested
experimental program is presented in Table (4.5).
As the plastic sheet is used as a preserving technique to prevent water leakage to soil,
the main aim of using plastic sheet is measuring the differential heave between
footings in case of deterioration of this plastic sheet. Accordingly it was suggested to
make a hole in the plastic sheet used at different spaces and allow water to leak
through this hole and then measure the induced differential heave between different
footings, Figure (4.6). The location of plastic sheet was varied to see the effectiveness
of replacement soil layer in distributing the moisture in case of plastic sheet at top of
replacement layer and in case of plastic sheet at bottom of replacement soil layer.
Table (4.4): Properties of medium sand-lime mixes
A summary of the laboratory test program is shown in the following flow chart
Lime content (%) 0 5
Max. dry density γdmax. (kN/m3) 16.67 19.77
Optimum Moisture Content O.M.C. (%) 6.8 7.85
Degree of improvement of sand compaction (%) - 18.6
Coefficient of permeability K (cm/sec) 0.00175 0.00162
Permeability degree (Hausmann, 1990) Med.
permeability Med.
permeability
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
167
Figure (4.6): A schematic cross-section in the used mould
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
168
Tabl
e (4
.5):
Lab
orat
ory
mod
elin
g te
st p
rogr
am
Leakage
space from
footing (F1)
‐ ‐ ‐ 0 0 0
10 cm
20 cm
Location
of
polyethylene
sheet
‐ ‐
No sheet
Top of sand
Bottom
of
sand
Bottom
of
sand
Footing
stress q
(kg/ cm2)
F1 & F2=0,
F3 & F4=0.5
F1 & F2=0,
F3 & F4=0.5
F1 & F2=0 ,
F3 & F4=0.5
F1 & F2=0 ,
F3 & F4=0.5
Thickn
ess of
treated
layer(cm
)
‐ ‐
2 cm
2 cm
2 cm
2 cm
2 cm
Thickn
ess of
expa
nsive
soil layer
8 cm
8 cm
6 cm
6 cm
6 cm
6 cm
6 cm
Cushion Type
‐
Untreated
Med
ium Sand
Med
ium
Sand
+5% lime
Clay cushion
‐5%
Lime
Stabilizatio
n
Med
ium Sand
Med
ium Sand
Stud
y Factor
Untreated
expansive
soil with
differen
t stress
Treatin
g expansive
soil using differen
t
cushions
Treatin
g expansive
soil using sand
cushion and plastic
sheet (differen
t locatio
ns)
Treatin
g expansive
soil using sand
cushion and plastic
sheet (differen
t Leakage spaces)
Test
No.
i.1
ii.1
ii.2
ii.3
ii.4
iii.1
iii.2
iii.3
iv.1
iv.2
iv.3
Group
No.
G1
G2
G3
G4
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
169
4.8 Test results and discussions
4.8.1 Measured heave results
The results of measured footings heave versus wetted time for different groups are
shown in Appendix (A). The final moisture content beneath footings versus depth is
shown in Appendix (B).
4.8.1.1 Untreated expansive soil
The measured footings heave of untreated expansive soil versus wetted time for
variable footing stress are shown in Figure (4.7). The Final measured footing heave
and final moisture content are summarized in Table (4.6) and Table (4.7), respectively.
The differential heave between footings are presented in Figure (4.8) and summarized
in Table (4.8).
The results show that;
(a) The heave of footings increase as the time increases until a certain time, then it
remains constant, Figure (4.7).
(b) The final measured heave below loaded footings is less than unloaded footings,
Figure (4.7).
(c) The final moisture content of expansive soil used is approximately lies between the
liquid limit, Table (4.7).
(d) The final moisture content below loaded footings is less than unloaded footings,
Table (4.7).
(e) The differential heave between footings (∆) increases to a certain time then, it
decreases until it becomes nearly constant for different loading conditions, Figure (4.8)
and Table (4.8). The ratio (∆max/ ∆final) is equal to 1.3 and 1.4 for loaded and unloaded
footings respectively.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
170
(f) No significant difference for the differential heave between loaded and loaded
footings and that between unloaded and unloaded footings for untreated expansive
soil, Figure (4.8) and Table (4.8). And this can be attributed to the small difference in
footings stresses.
Figure (4.7): Footings heave versus logarithmic time for variable footing stress
Figure (4.8): Differential heave between footings versus log time.
F1
F2F3
F4
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Untreated expansive soil
q1=0.5 kg/cm2q2=0.0q3=0.0q4=0.5 kg/cm2
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Untreated Expansive soil
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆ (m
m)
Time (min)
Untreated expansive soil
Loaded (F1‐F4)
Unloaded (F2‐F3)
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Untreated Expansive soil
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
171
Table (4.6): Final measured footings heave (∆Hf ) untreated expansive soil:
Method of Treatment
Description Results
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Untreated ∆Hf (cm) 1.82 2.62 2.82 2.02
Tf (min) 18720 18720 18720 18720
Table (4.7): Moisture content beneath footings for untreated expansive soil:
Method of Treatment
Description Moisture Content (Wc %)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Untreated
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm) 0 83.00 84.00 82.00 84.00
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm) 4 82.00 83.00 81.00 83.00
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm) 8 75.00 75.00 74.86 74.21
Table (4.8): Differential heave between footings (∆) for untreated expansive soil:
Method of Treatment Description Results
Diff. heave between F1 ‐ F4 F2 ‐ F3
Untreated
∆max(cm) 2.60 2.80
Time at ∆max(min) 2880 2880
∆final(cm) 2.00 2.00
Time at ∆final(min) 18720 18720
∆max/ ∆final 1.30 1.40
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
172
4.8.1.2 Treated expansive soil using various treatment techniques
The measured footings heave for various treatment techniques versus wetted time are
shown in Figure (4.9) for loaded and unloaded footings. The Final measured footing
heave and final moisture content are summarized in Table (4.9) and Table (4.10)
respectively. The differential heave between footings are presented in Figure (4.10)
and summarized in Table (4.11).
The results show that;
a) The final heave of footings in case of treated expansive soil with medium sand
cushion is nearly equal to that of treated expansive soil with medium sand
cushion +5% lime and expansive soil cushion with 5% lime, Figure (4.9) and
Table (4.9).
b) The final heave of unloaded footings in case of untreated expansive soil is
reduced by about 30% in case of using medium sand cushion, medium sand
cushion with 5% lime or expansive soil cushion with 5% lime as treatment
techniques, Figure (4.9) and Table (4.9).
c) The final heave of loaded footings in case of untreated expansive soil is reduced
by about 25% in case of using medium sand cushion, medium sand cushion with
5% lime or expansive soil cushion with 5% lime as treatment techniques, Figure
(4.9) and Table (4.9).
d) A slight change in the final moisture content of expansive soil takes place for
various treatment techniques and they all lies between liquid limit and plastic
limit, Table (4.10).
e) The differential heave between footings increases slightly to a certain time then,
it may slightly decreases until it becomes nearly constant for different loading
conditions and various treatment techniques, Figure (4.10) and Table (4.11).
In case of treated expansive soil using sand cushion, the ratio (∆max/ ∆final) is
equal to 1.22 for loaded footings and 1.10 for unloaded footings, while in case
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
173
of treated expansive soil using sand +5% lime cushion, the ratio (∆max/ ∆final) is
equal to 1.22 for loaded footings and 1.5 for unloaded footings.
Accordingly the change in (∆max/ ∆final) is not significant for the two cases. Also
these results show that the sand and sand +5% lime cushion are permeable and
the relative movement between footings is very small.
Figure (4.9a): Footing heave versus log time for different treatment techniques
Figure (4.9b): Footing heave versus log time for different treatment techniques
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (1)
Untreated
Medium sand
Medium sand+5% lime
Expansive soil+5% lime
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.5 Kg/cm2
* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (4)
Untreated
Medium sand
Medium sand+5% lime
Expansive soil+5% lime
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.5 Kg/cm2
* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
174
Figure (4.9c): Footing heave versus log time for different treatment techniques
Figure (4.9d): Footing heave versus log time for different treatment techniques
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (2)
Untreated
Medium sand
Medium sand+5% lime
Expansive soil+5% lime
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.0* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (3)
Untreated
Medium sand
Medium sand+5% lime
Expansive soil+5% lime
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.0* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
175
Figure (4.10a): Differential heave between loaded footings versus log time for
different treatment techniques, q=0.5 Kg/cm2
Figure (4.10b): Differential heave between unloaded footings versus log time for
different treatment techniques, q=0.0
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆ (m
m)
Time (min)
Loaded Footings (F1 ‐ F4)
Untreated
Medium sand
Medium sand+5%lime
Expansive soil+5%lime
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆ (m
m)
Time (min)
Un Loaded Footings (F2 ‐ F3)
Untreated
Medium sand
Medium sand+5%lime
Expansive soil+5%lime
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
176
Table (4.9): Final measured footings heave (∆Hf) results:
Method of Treatment
Description Heave Values (cm)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Untreated
∆Hf(cm) 1.82 2.62 2.82 2.02
Tf (min) 18720 18720 18720 18720
Medium Sand (replacement soil)
without plastic sheet
∆Hf(cm) 1.61 1.92 2.02 1.52
Tf (min) 23040 23040 23040 23040
Medium Sand + 5% lime (replacement soil)
without plastic sheet
∆Hf(cm) 1.52 2 2.1 1.61
Tf (min) 23040 23040 23040 23040
Expansive soil + 5% lime (replacement soil)
without plastic sheet
∆Hf(cm) 1.6 1.95 2.00 1.5
Tf (min) 20160 20160 20160 20160
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
177
Table (4.10): Moisture content beneath footings for various treatment techniques:
Method of Treatment
Description Moisture Content (Wc %)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Untreated
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm)
0 83.00 84.00 82.00 84.00
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm)
4 82.00 83.00 81.00 83.00
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm)
8 75.00 75.00 74.86 74.21
Medium Sand (replacement soil)
without plastic sheet
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm)
2 63.93 74.04 76.00 68.04
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm)
5 57.92 73.00 75.00 66.00
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm)
8 57.00 71.00 72.00 65.00
Medium Sand + 5% lime (replacement soil) without plastic
sheet
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm)
2 65.00 74.04 76.00 68.04
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm)
5 63.00 75.00 77.00 66.00
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm)
8 62.00 73.00 75.00 65.00
Expansive soil + 5% lime (replacement soil) without plastic
sheet
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm)
2 65.00 75.00 73.00 64.00
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm)
5 63.00 73.04 71.09 61.81
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm)
8 62.00 72.00 70.00 61.00
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
178
Table (4.11): Differential footings heave (∆) for various treatment techniques:
Method of Treatment Description Results
Diff. heave between F1 ‐ F4 F2 ‐ F3
Untreated
∆max(cm) 2.60 2.80
Time at ∆max(min) 2880 2880
∆final(cm) 2.00 2.00
Time at ∆final(min) 18720 18720
∆max / ∆final 1.30 1.40
Medium Sand (replacement soil) without plastic sheet
∆max(cm) 1.10 1.10
Time at ∆max(min) 14400 14400
∆final(cm) 0.90 1.00
Time at ∆final(min) 23040 23040
∆max / ∆final 1.22 1.10
Medium Sand + 5% lime (replacement soil) without
plastic sheet
∆max(cm) 1.10 1.50
Time at ∆max(min) 14400 7200
∆final(cm) 0.90 1.00
Time at ∆final(min) 23040 23040
∆max / ∆final 1.22 1.50
Expansive soil + 5% lime (replacement soil) without
plastic sheet
∆max(cm) 1.10 2.40
Time at ∆max(min) 12960 2880
∆final(cm) 0.90 1.00
Time at ∆final(min) 15840 15840
∆max / ∆final 1.22 2.40
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
179
4.8.1.3 Treated expansive soil using various horizontal barrier locations
The measured footings heave for various horizontal barrier locations versus wetted
time are shown in Figure (4.11) for variable footing stress. The Final measured footing
heave and final moisture content are summarized in Table (4.12) and Table (4.13)
respectively. The differential heave between footings are presented in Figure (4.12)
and summarized in Table (4.14).
The results show that;
a) The final heave of footings for different sheet locations reaches approximately
the same value at the end of the experiment for treated expansive soil with
medium sand cushion, Figure (4.11) and Table (4.12). Although the plastic
sheet used on top of sand cushion can be subjected to damage at any point but
the flow of water seeping to the expansive soil is uniformly distributed resulting
in uniform heave and eliminating differential movement between footings,
Figure (4.11) and Table (4.12).
b) On the other side, using of plastic sheet at bottom of sand cushion concentrates
the leakage at definite point which results in high differential movement
between footings as shown in Figures (4.12a and 4.12b).
c) The moisture content is higher near the leakage area than far areas, which causes
these areas to heave faster than other zones. And this causes differential heave
between footings, Figure (4.12) and Table (4.13).
d) Also on comparing the results of differential heave between footing in case of
using plastic sheet at bottom of sand cushion and at the top of sand cushion for
the same leakage point, it was found that when the differential heave between
footings reaches the peak value (in case of plastic sheet at bottom of sand
cushion) it starts to decrease again until it reaches the permanent (constant)
differential heave value, this final differential heave value is nearly the same
value reached in case of using the plastic sheet at top of sand cushion, as shown
in Figure (4.12) and Table (4.14).This means the following;
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
180
i) In case of treated expansive soil using sand cushion without horizontal
barrier, the ratio (∆max/ ∆final) is equal to 1.22 for loaded footings and 1.10
for unloaded footings.
ii) In case of treated expansive soil using sand cushion and horizontal barrier
at the top of cushion, the ratio (∆max/ ∆final) is equal to 2.20 for loaded
footings and 3.86 for unloaded footings.
iii) In case of treated expansive soil using sand cushion and horizontal barrier
at the bottom of cushion, the ratio (∆max/ ∆final) is equal to 22.29 for
loaded footings and 20.37 for unloaded footings.
Accordingly the using of plastic sheet at bottom of sand cushion results in
a very high differential heave than using the plastic sheet at top of sand
cushion, on which it could affect the stability of buildings severely.
iv) The differential heave values using plastic sheet at the bottom of sand
cushion takes a long time to be reached than the differential heave values
using plastic sheet at top, accordingly leakage can happens but it could
takes long time until the resulted heave or problem is detected.
v) If water infiltrates to expansive soil due to leakage from drainage utilities
or water pipes near buildings, the value of differential heave depends on
the leakage location in expansive soil. Accordingly when leakage
happens below the replacement layer this can be another form- similar to
plastic sheet at bottom of sand cushion- for the harmful effects due to
concentrating the leakage at definite points in the expansive soil which
causes high differential movements between footings as discussed in the
case study (Chapter 3). Therefore it is recommended to install any water
sources or drainage utilities at the top or through replacement layer to
help in uniform distribution of seeping water through soil.
e) The rate of increase of differential heave incase of plastic sheet at bottom of
sand cushion is very high than that of plastic sheet at bottom of sand cushion
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
181
and this causes very big movement in short time for buildings, and this explains
the high terror that possess the defected building inhabitants (Chapter 3).
Figure (4.11a): Footing heave versus log Time for various plastic horizontal barrier
locations
Figure (4.11b): Footing heave versus log Time for various plastic horizontal barrier
locations
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (1)
no sheet
sheet at replacement top
sheet at replacement bottom
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.5 Kg/cm2
* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (4)
no sheet
sheet at replacement top
sheet at replacement bottom
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.5 Kg/cm2
* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
182
Figure (4.11c): Footing heave versus log Time for various plastic horizontal barrier
locations
Figure (4.11d): Footing heave versus log Time for various plastic horizontal barrier
locations
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (2)
no sheet
sheet at replacement top
sheet at replacement bottom
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.0* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (3)
no sheet
sheet at replacement top
sheet at replacement bottom
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.0* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
183
Figure (4.12a): Differential heave between loaded footings versus log time for
various plastic horizontal barrier locations, q=0.5 Kg/cm2
Figure (4.12b): Differential heave between unloaded footings versus log time for
various plastic horizontal barrier locations, q=0.0
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆ (m
m)
Time (min)
Loaded Footings (F1 ‐ F4)
no sheet
sheet at replacement top
sheet at replacement bottom
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆ (m
m)
Time (min)
Unloaded Footings (F2 ‐ F3)
no sheet
sheet at replacement top
sheet at replacement bottom
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
184
Table (4.12): Final measured footings heave (∆Hf) results:
Method of Treatment
Description Heave Values (cm)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Medium Sand (replacement soil) without plastic sheet
∆Hf(cm) 1.61 1.92 2.02 1.52
Tf (min) 23040 23040 23040 23040
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet at top of
sand
∆Hf(cm) 1.6 1.95 2.00 1.5
Tf (min) 20160 20160 20160 20160
Medium Sand (replacement soil) plastic sheet below sand
∆Hf(cm) 1.61 2.004 1.95 1.54
Tf (min) 40320 46080 51840 59040
Table (4.13): Moisture content beneath footings for various horizontal barrier locations:
Method of Treatment
Description Moisture Content (Wc %)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Medium Sand (replacement soil) without plastic sheet
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm) 2 63.93 74.04 76.00 68.04
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm) 5 57.92 73.00 75.00 66.00
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm) 8 57.00 71.00 72.00 65.00
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic
sheet at top of sand
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm) 2 60.96 75.05 72.98 58.22
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm) 5 56.27 73.00 70.63 52.34
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm) 8 53.84 67.00 64.00 51.00
Medium Sand (replacement soil) plastic sheet below
sand
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm) 2 71.00 68.02 61.00 57.00
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm) 5 70.00 64.86 60.00 56.00
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm) 8 68.00 63.00 58.00 54.00
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
185
Table (4.14): Differential footings heave (∆) for various horizontal barrier locations:
Method of Treatment Description Results
Diff. heave between F1 ‐ F4 F2 ‐ F3
Medium Sand (replacement soil) without plastic sheet
∆max(cm) 1.10 1.10
Time at ∆max(min) 14400 14400
∆final(cm) 0.90 1.00
Time at ∆final(min) 23040 23040
∆max / ∆final 1.22 1.10
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet at top of
sand
∆max(cm) 2.20 2.02
Time at ∆max(min) 10080 5760
∆final(cm) 1.00 0.52
Time at ∆final(min) 20160 20160
∆max / ∆final 2.20 3.86
Medium Sand (replacement soil) plastic sheet below sand
∆max(cm) 15.60 11.00
Time at ∆max(min) 30240 27360
∆final(cm) 0.70 0.54
Time at ∆final(min) 59040 59040 ∆max / ∆final 22.29 20.37
4.8.1.4 Treated expansive soil using various leakage spacing:
The measured footings heave versus wetted time is shown in Figure (4.13) for various
leakage spacing. The Final measured footing heave and final moisture content are
summarized in Table (4.15) and Table (4.16) respectively. The differential heave
between footings are presented in Figure (4.14) and summarized in Table (4.17).
The results show that;
a) The final heave of footings for various leakage spaces reaches the same values
at the end of the experiment for treated expansive soil with medium sand
cushion, Figure (4.13). This result means that the expansive soil zones don’t
start heaving until moisture reaches these zones, as the footings far from leakage
points starts heaving later than the nearer ones and so it reaches its final heave
values after it. Accordingly this causes differential heave of footings during the
moisture distribution and heaving time.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
186
b) The differential heave between footings increases until it reaches the peak value
after a certain time then it starts to decrease again, as shown in Figure (4.14).
c) The maximum differential heave between footings increases as leakage space
decreases and the ratio (∆max / ∆final) is equal to 22.29 for loaded footings and
20.37 for unloaded footings in case of leakage beneath F1. While in case of
leakage 10 cm far from F1, the ratio (∆max/ ∆final) is equal to 14.71 for loaded
footings and 8.21 for unloaded footings.
d) In case of leakage 20 cm far from F1, the ratio (∆max/ ∆final) is equal to 22.29
for loaded footings and 20.37 for unloaded footings.
This means that, when the leakage point is beneath footing F1, it gives
maximum differential heave between F1 and F4. As the leakage point moves
away from F1 towards F4, the differential heave decreases until it becomes
zero, then it reverses into the other direction and starts to increase again,
Figure (4.14).
Figure (4.13a): Heave of footing 1 versus logarithmic time for various leakage
spaces
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (1)
Leakage below F1
10 cm from F1
20 cm from F1
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded Loaded
Unloaded Unloaded
Swelling soil
Medium SandPoint of Leakage
20cm
10cm
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.5 Kg/cm2
* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
187
Figure (4.13b): Heave of footing 4 versus logarithmic time for various leakage
spaces
Figure (4.13c): Heave of footing 2 versus logarithmic time for various leakage
spaces
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (4)
Leakage below F1
10 cm from F1
20 cm from F1
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded Loaded
Unloaded Unloaded
Swelling soil
Medium SandPoint of Leakage
20cm
10cm
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.5 Kg/cm2
* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (2)
Leakage below F1
10 cm from F1
20 cm from F1
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded Loaded
Unloaded Unloaded
Swelling soil
Medium SandPoint of Leakage
20cm
10cm
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.0* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
188
Figure (4.13d): Heave of footing 3 versus logarithmic time for various leakage
spaces
Figure (4.14a): Differential heave between loaded footings versus log time for
various leakage spacing, q=0.5 Kg/cm2
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Footing (3)
Leakage below F1
10 cm from F1
20 cm from F1
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded Loaded
Unloaded Unloaded
Swelling soil
Medium SandPoint of Leakage
20cm
10cm
N.B; * Footing stress= 0.0* Thickness of replacement soil= 2 cm
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆ (m
m)
Time (min)
Loaded Footings (F1 ‐ F4)
Leakage below F1
10 cm from F1
20 cm from F1
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
189
Figure (4.14b): Differential heave between unloaded footings versus log time for
various leakage spacing, q=0.0
Table (4.15): Final measured footings heave (∆Hf) results:
Method of Treatment
Description Heave Values (cm)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet below sand,
leakage below F1
∆Hf(cm) 1.61 2.004 1.95 1.54
Tf (min) 40320 46080 51840 59040
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet below sand,
leakage 10 cm from F1
∆Hf(cm) 1.61 2.11 20.04 15.4
Tf (min) 48960 38880 48960 67680
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet below sand,
leakage 20 cm from F1
∆Hf(cm) 1.54 2.00 2.11 1.61
Tf (min) 66240 47520 41760 51840
0.00
5.00
10.00
15.00
20.00
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆ (m
m)
Time (min)
Unloaded Footings (F2 ‐ F3)
Leakage below F1
10 cm from F1
20 cm from F1
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
190
Table (4.16): Moisture content beneath footings for various leakage spacing:
Method of Treatment
Description Moisture Content (Wc %)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet below sand, leakage below
F1
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm) 2 71.00 68.02 61.00 57.00
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm) 5 70.00 64.86 60.00 56.00
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm) 8 68.00 63.00 58.00 54.00
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet below sand, leakage 10 cm
from F1
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm) 2 68.36 73.00 70.00 61.00
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm) 5 66.00 73.00 69.00 60.00
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm) 8 64.00 72.00 67.00 60.00
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet below sand, leakage 20 cm
from F1
Top of swelling layer at depth(cm) 2 63.00 69.00 73.00 67.00
Middle of swelling layer at depth(cm) 5 63.00 70.00 72.82 68.00
Bottom of swelling layer at depth(cm) 8 61.78 69.00 70.76 65.50
Table (4.17): Differential footings heave (∆) for various leakage spacing:
Group Test No. Method of Treatment Description Results
Diff. heave between F1 ‐ F4 F2 ‐ F3
G4
iv‐1
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet below
sand, leakage below F1
∆max(cm) 15.60 11.00
Time at ∆max(min) 30240 27360
∆final(cm) 0.70 0.54
Time at ∆final(min) 59040 59040
∆max / ∆final 22.29 20.37
iv‐2
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet below sand, leakage 10 cm
from F1
∆max(cm) 10.30 8.70
Time at ∆max(min) 31680 21600
∆final(cm) 0.70 1.06
Time at ∆final(min) 67680 67680
∆max / ∆final 14.71 8.21
iv‐3
Medium Sand (replacement soil), plastic sheet below sand, leakage 20 cm
from F1
∆max(cm) 11.30 6.00
Time at ∆max(min) 41760 27360
∆final(cm) 0.70 1.06
Time at ∆final(min) 76320 76320
∆max / ∆final 16.14 5.66
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
191
4.8.2 Predicted heave results
The final heave of footings is predicted using two semi-empirical heave methods. The
first method used is the Stress Changes method (according to Rama et al., 1988). The
other method is the Suction Changes method (according to Hamberg, 1985). The
predicted final heave and the ratio between measured from laboratory tests and
predicted final heave values for different study factors are summarized in Table (4.18
to 4.21).
The predicted heave results of the laboratory model test show that:
a) The predicted heave values using Suction Changes method (according to
Hamberg, 1985) gives higher values than that of the Stress Changes method
(according to Rama et al., 1988).
b) The ratio between the predicted heave of footings using Suction Changes
method and that using Stress Changes method ranged between ( 3.58 to 5.16 )
for loaded footings, and (3.62 to 4.82) for unloaded footings.
c) The predicted footings heave using Suction Changes method (according to
Hamberg, 1985) ranged from 2.40 to 3.86 times the measured heave in case of
loaded footings while it ranged from 2.19 to 2.70 times the measured heave in
case of unloaded footings.
This means that the predicted heave using Suction Changes method is about 3
times the measured heave and this agrees with Abdel-Moatty, 1999.
d) The predicted footings heave using Stress Changes method (according to Rama
et al., 1988) ranged from 0.67 to 0.74 times the measured heave in case of
loaded footings while it ranged from 0.52 to 0.58 times the measured heave in
case of unloaded footings.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
192
This means that the predicted heave using Stress Changes method is about half
the measured heave.
Table (4.18): The final predicted footings heave for untreated expansive soil:
Treatment method
Description Heave Values (cm)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Untreated
∆H(cm), Measured 1.82 2.62 2.82 2.02
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1985 7.26 7.33 7.19 7.30
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1988 1.41 1.52 1.52 1.41
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 3.99 2.80 2.55 3.61
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.78 0.58 0.54 0.70
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 5.14 4.81 4.72 5.16
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
193
Table (4.19): The final predicted footings heave for various treatment techniques:
Treatment method
Description Heave Values (cm)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Untreated
∆H(cm), Measured 1.82 2.62 2.82 2.02
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1985 7.26 7.33 7.19 7.30
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1988 1.41 1.52 1.52 1.41
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 3.99 2.80 2.55 3.61
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.78 0.58 0.54 0.70
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 5.14 4.81 4.72 5.16
Medium Sand (replacement
soil)
∆H(cm), Measured 1.61 1.92 2.02 1.52
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1986 3.99 4.92 5.04 4.47
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1989 1.06 1.10 1.10 1.06
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 2.48 2.56 2.50 2.94
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.66 0.57 0.55 0.70
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 3.76 4.47 4.58 4.21
Medium Sand + 5% lime
(replacement soil)
∆H(cm), Measured 1.52 2 2.1 1.61
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1989 4.25 5.02 5.16 4.47
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1992 1.06 1.10 1.10 1.06
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 2.80 2.51 2.46 2.78
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.70 0.55 0.52 0.66
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 4.01 4.55 4.68 4.21
Expansive soil +5% lime
(replacement soil)
∆H(cm), Measured 1.6 1.95 2.00 1.5
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1990 4.25 4.97 4.83 4.18
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1993 1.06 1.10 1.10 1.06
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 2.66 2.55 2.41 2.78
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.66 0.56 0.55 0.71
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 4.01 4.51 4.38 3.94
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
194
Table (4.20): The final predicted footings heave for various horizontal barrier
locations:
Treatment method
Description Heave Values (cm)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Medium Sand (replacement soil) without plastic sheet
∆H(cm), Measured 1.61 1.92 2.02 1.52
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1986 3.99 4.92 5.04 4.47
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1989 1.06 1.10 1.10 1.06
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 2.48 2.56 2.50 2.94
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.66 0.57 0.55 0.70
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 3.76 4.47 4.58 4.21
Medium Sand (replacement
soil), plastic sheet at top of sand
∆H(cm), Measured 1.6 1.95 2.00 1.5
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1986 3.80 4.85 4.67 3.57
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1989 1.06 1.10 1.10 1.06
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 2.37 2.49 2.33 2.38
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.66 0.56 0.55 0.71
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 3.58 4.40 4.24 3.37
Medium Sand (replacement
soil) plastic sheet below sand
∆H(cm), Measured 1.61 2.004 1.95 1.54
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1987 4.71 4.39 3.99 3.70
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1990 1.06 1.10 1.10 1.06
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 2.92 2.19 2.05 2.40
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.66 0.55 0.56 0.69
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 4.44 3.99 3.62 3.49
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
195
Table (4.21): The final predicted footings heave various leakage spacing:
Treatment method
Description Heave Values (cm)
Footing number F1 F2 F3 F4
Footing stress (kg/cm2) 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.5
Medium Sand (replacement
soil), plastic sheet below sand,
leakage below F1
∆H(cm), Measured 1.61 2.004 1.95 1.54
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1987 4.71 4.39 3.99 3.70
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1990 1.06 1.10 1.10 1.06
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 2.92 2.19 2.05 2.40
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.66 0.55 0.56 0.69
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 4.44 3.99 3.62 3.49
Medium Sand (replacement
soil), plastic sheet below sand, leakage 10 cm
from F1
∆H(cm), Measured 1.61 2.11 2.004 1.54
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1987 4.45 4.92 4.63 4.04
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1990 1.06 1.10 1.10 1.06
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 2.77 2.33 2.31 2.62
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.66 0.52 0.55 0.69
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 4.20 4.47 4.21 3.81
Medium Sand (replacement
soil), plastic sheet below sand, leakage 20 cm
from F1
∆H(cm), Measured 1.54 2.004 2.11 1.61
∆H(cm), Hamberg, 1988 4.20 4.68 4.89 4.50
∆H(cm), Rama et al., 1991 1.06 1.10 1.10 1.06
∆HHamberg / ∆Hmeasured 2.73 2.34 2.32 2.80
∆HRama / ∆Hmeasured 0.69 0.55 0.52 0.66
∆HHamberg / ∆HRama 3.96 4.25 4.44 4.25
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
196
Chapter 5
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
5.1 Summary
Several research projects have been conducted in Egypt in recent years to investigate the
fundamental mechanisms of heaving of treated and untreated expansive soils and the
influence of geological and climatic conditions on swelling potential. A review for all
the available literature related to the topic foundation on the expansive soil and
employed treatment techniques used for damping the swelling phenomenon of
expansive soil were presented. Also, the methods used to evaluate the heave
associated with wetting and the swelling characteristics before and after treatment.
A case study of a severely cracked reinforced concrete building constructed on treated
expansive soil using medium sand replacement at site in the middle Mokattam plateau
was presented. Geological formation was summarized and geotechnical properties
were investigated for the studied area which represents the northeast extension of the
new communities around the Greater Cairo. The building was founded on shallow
footings and plain concrete raft resting directly on treated expansive clay using sand
replacement. The field investigation revealed that the damage was caused by
differential heaving as a result of water leakage below replacement soil layer. The
movement of the building was simulated depending on six survey readings during a
time period reached about four years nearly after the building inclination. Also the
horizontal displacement components were obtained for the building (using two semi
empirical methods) and compared with the measured values to decide the best and
more suitable method which can be used in predicting footings heave.
A Laboratory testing program was preformed to evaluate and analyze the swelling
behavior and differential heave induced incase of some usually using treatment
techniques for expansive soil. The geotechnical properties of the expansive soil used
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
197
were determined using direct and indirect methods and classified by different
empirical and semi empirical methods. The used treatment techniques were medium
sand, medium sand + 5% lime, clay + 5% lime stabilization and plastic horizontal
barrier. The effect of footings stresses, type of treatment technique, horizontal barrier
location and leakage space below footings were taken in to consideration. The heave
movement, moisture content distribution and differential heave movements were
monitored for different loading cases and different treatment techniques. The final
predicted heave of footings is predicted using two semi-empirical heave methods. The
predicted heave values were summarized and compared with those measured in the
laboratory model.
5.2 Conclusions
5.2.1 Case study
The geotechnical properties of the expansive soil layers indicated that the existing
layers are cohesive and highly plastic due to the presence of clay minerals (active to
very active) and with high to very high swelling potential. The predicted heave for the
expansive clay layer according to Hamberg, 1985 is about two times the values
obtained using Rama et al., 1988 equation.
All the vertical displacement readings were emphasizing that the building is
undergoing settlement. This means that at the time of investigation the building has
completed its heave, and all the deformation happening are due to water dissipation
from soil. The building inclination was in the longitudinal direction, while in the
transverse direction the relative displacement was minor to make problems to the
building in this direction. The displacement of settlement points in the last three
readings tends to decrease and it stops in others, which means that the building tends
to return to its initial mode and began to gains its stability, and this can be a sign in
starting the repair works.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
198
In case of longitudinal direction, the direction of the horizontal displacement
component for the building agree with that obtained from Rama et al, 1988 and the
predicted value is about 4 times the measured value, while according to Hamberg,
1985 the predicted value is about 0.17 times the measured value. In case of transverse
direction, the building horizontal displacement according to Hamberg, 1985 is
approximately equal to that measured value.
Although the expansive soil layer were treated with sand replacement but it failed in
preventing the harmful effects due to the differential heaving of soil, and this can be
attributed to the presence of water seeping from a nearby drainage utility below the
replacement layer.
The case study emphasized the importance of site management for buildings on
expansive soil sites, although the causes of the house distortion were out of the footing
designer’s control, but less attention to maintain a reasonably uniform state of subsoil
moisture around the buildings could have decreased the existing defects. And this was
clear with the presence of water leaking from a nearby drainage utility below the
replacement soil level, and over the long term, the moisture infiltration has
exacerbated swelling damage to the structure as we have.
Finally this research project has helped to identify the expansive soils and associated
problems in the area and to increase the sensitivity of the proposed measures, which
can help in mitigating the structural damages originating from the behavior of
expansive soils. This awareness can lead to a very positive development in terms of
ensuring the durability of the properties - for a problem occasionally repeated - in this
area. Also it may helps in increasing the potential of improving the safety of the
communities by assisting homeowners and designers in promoting proper design,
positive construction and maintenance altitudes.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
199
5.2.2 Experimental results
The expansive soil used in the laboratory model is active to very active due to the
presence of clay minerals (illites) and high to very high swelling potential.
5.2.2.1 Measured results
(a) All the used treatment techniques in the laboratory model test succeed in
decreasing the final heave with nearly the same value.
(b) The using of expansive soil layer stabilized with 5% lime succeeds in the earlier
times but with passing of time it gives higher heave values in little time and this
can cause problems.
(c) The heave of footings increase as the time increases until a certain time, then it
remains constant.
(d) The final heave and final moisture content distribution below loaded footings is
less than unloaded footings.
(e) The final moisture content of soil specimen at the end of the test lies between
liquid limit and plastic limit.
(a) The differential heave between footings increases to a certain time then, it
decreases until it becomes nearly constant for different loading conditions and
various treatment techniques.
(f) The final heave of footings in case of treated expansive soil with medium sand
cushion is nearly equal to that treated with medium sand cushion +5% lime and
expansive soil cushion with 5% lime.
(g) The final heave of unloaded footings for untreated expansive soil is reduced by
about 30% in case of using various treatment techniques.
(h) The final heave of loaded footings for untreated expansive soil is reduced by
about 25% in case of using various treatment techniques.
(i) In case of plastic horizontal sheet at the top of replacement layer; the
replacement layer succeeds in distributing the moisture uniformly over the
expansive soil layer, and this result in uniform heave of footings with time.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
200
While in case of water seeping from the plastic sheet used at bottom of sand
cushion, this concentrates the leakage at definite point which results in high
differential movement between footings.
(j) The moisture content is higher near the water leakage area than far areas, which
causes these areas to heave faster than other zones. And this causes differential
heave between footings.
(k) The final heave and maximum differential heave values using plastic sheet at
the bottom of sand cushion takes a long time to be reached than that using
plastic sheet at top, Accordingly leakage can happens but it could takes long
time until the resulted heave or problem is detected, also when it is detected the
rate of change of differential heave is very high in a very short time which can
cause terror for any building inhabitants, also this give uncertain feeling for the
inspecting engineer and always conflict happens between specialists about the
type of differential movement and kind of cracks; is it due to heave or
settlement? Until this sudden heave happens to cut this uncertainty.
5.2.2.2 Predicted heave
(a) The predicted heave values using Suction Changes method (according to
Hamberg, 1985) gives higher values than Stress Changes method values
(according to Rama et al., 1988).
(b) The predicted footings heave using Suction Changes method (according to
Hamberg, 1985) ranged from 2.40 to 3.86 times the measured heave in case
of loaded footings while it ranged from 2.19 to 2.70 times the measured
heave in case of unloaded footings.
This means that the predicted heave using Suction Changes method is about
3 times the measured heave and this agrees with Abdel-Moatty, 1999.
(c) The predicted footings heave using Stress Changes method (according to
Rama et al., 1988) ranged from 0.67 to 0.74 times the measured heave in
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
201
case of loaded footings while it ranged from 0.52 to 0.58 times the measured
heave in case of unloaded footings.
This means that the predicted heave using Stress Changes method is about
half the measured heave.
5.3 Recommendations
In view of the results obtained in this study, the following recommendations can
be stated:
Any ground drainage utilities or water sources shall be placed at top or through the
replacement layer- if there -to help in distributing moisture uniformly through the soil.
Suggest structure systems able to induce equal stresses beneath various footings for
the same building to decrease the effect of differential heave between footings due to
various loading conditions.
In case of using plastic horizontal barriers, due care shall be applied during the barrier
installation to protect it from further deterioration during installation or in the future.
Also the plastic horizontal barrier should be placed at the top of sand cushion incase of
treating expansive soil with replacement layer in order to eliminate the inducing of
differential heave due to water leakage from the sheet.
5.4 Recommended Future Studies
Develop analytical and finite element models that may help practitioner engineers to
adequately design civil infrastructure on this type of soil in case of using horizontal
moisture barriers. This rational design method should be able to quantify the heave or
subsidence of the soil associated with the suction changes during water diffusion, as
well as the contact pressures on soil-structure interfaces. Continue the work to take the
effect of settlement of samples after stopping the water leakage source.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
202
REFERENCES
1. Abdel-Hady, H. (2007). “Properties of treated expansive soil”. 12th Int.
Colloquium on Structural and Geotech. Eng., Faculty of Engineering, Ain
Shams University, Struct. Eng. Deprt., GTE-40, 8 pp.
2. Abdel-Moatty, N. A., (1999). “Geotechnical properties of some swelling
deposits in new communities around the Greater Cairo”. M.Sc. thesis, Faculty
of Engineering, Ain Shams University, 176pp.
3. Abdullah, W. S., (2002). “Bidimensional Swell Effect on Accuracy of Footing
Heave Prediction,” Geotechnical Testing Journal, GTJODJ, Vol. 25, No. 2,
June, pp. 177–186.
4. Abouleid, A. F. and Reyad, M. M. (1985)."Study of the behavior of isolated
footings on expansive soils”. Proc. of the 11th Int. Conf. on Soil Mech. and
Found. Eng., San Francisco, pp. 965-967.
5. Ahmed, A. A. (1985), "Study on the behavior of some Egyptian expansive
soils” M.Sc. thesis, Faculty of Engineering, Ain Shams University.
6. Ahmed, A. A. (2000),”Response behavior of shallow foundation on expansive
soil due to wetting” Sci. Bull. Fac. Eng. Ain Shams University, v. 35, No. 4,
Dec. 31, pp 1-18.
7. Aitchison, G. D. and Martin, R. (1973). “ A membrane oedometer for
complex stress-path studies in expansive clays”, Proc. 3rd Int. Conf on
Expansive Soils, Haifa, Israel, Vol 2, Jul ,pp 83-88.
8. Aitchison, G. D., Peter, P., and Power, R. F. (1977). ‘‘Stress-deformation
mechanisms in clays as determinants of design requirements for small and large
structures—An evaluation through case histories in Adelaide, of the relative
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
203
significance of several mechanisms.’’ Proc., Symp. On How to Live with
Geotechnical Risks, pp 26–33. (Quoted by Li and Cameron, 2002).
9. Al-Rawas, A. A., Taha, R., Nelson, J. D., Al- Shab, T. B., and Al-Siyabi, H.,
(2002), “A Comparative Evaluation of Various Additives Used in the
Stabilization of Expansive Soils,” Geotechnical Testing Journal, GTJODJ, Vol.
25, No. 2, June, pp. 199–209.
10. Altmeyer, W. T. (1955). ‘‘Discussion of engineering properties of expansive
clays.’’ Proc., ASCE, 81 (separate no. 658), 17–19.
11. Awad, T. (1993), “Effect of expansive soil on imposed stress of footing and
supper structure”. Ph. D. Thesis Ain Shams University, 239 p.
12. Awad, T. (2005), “Properties of expansive soil treated with sand lime cushion”.
J. Egyptian Geotech. Soc., Vol. 16, pp. 1-12.
13. Awad, T. and Abdel-Hady, H. (2005). “Movement of laboratory footing
model resting on treated expansive soil”. 11th Int. Colloquium on Structural and
Geotech. Eng., Faculty of Engineering, Ain Shams University, Struct. Eng.
Deprt., GE-30, 10 pp.
14. Anderson, J.U., Elfadil, F.K., and O’Connor, G.A., (1973), “Factors affecting
the coefficient of linear extensibility in Vertisols”, Soil Science Society of
America Journal, 37,298-299.
15. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) (1988). “Standard Test
Methods for Expansion Index of Soils Designation D4829-88”, Annual Book of
ASTM Standards, Section 4, Construction, Vol.04.08, Soil and Rock (I),
American Society for Testing and Materials, Philadelphia, 1995, pp. 896-899.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
204
16. ASTM, (1993), “Standard Specification for Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined
Natural Pozzolan for Use as a Mineral Admixture in Portland Cement
Concrete”, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, C 618-93, Vol. 04-02, pp. 310-
312.
17. ASTM, (1993), “Standard Practice for Characterizing Fly Ash for Use in Soil
Stabilization”, Annual Book of ASTM Standards, D 5239-92, Vol. 04- 08, pp.
1277-1279.
18. Bailey, S.W. , (1980). “Summary of recommendation of AIPEA nomenclature
committee”. Clays Clay Min. 28:73-78.
19. Basma, A. A., Al-Rawas, A. A., Al-Saadi, S. N., and Al-Zadjali, T. F.,
(1998), “Stabilization of Expansive Clays in Oman,” Environmental and
Engineering Geoscience, Vol. IV, No. 4, pp. 503–510. (Quoted by Al-Rawas et
al., 2002).
20. Bekkouche A., Djedid A., Aissa Mamoune S.M. (2001), “Identification and
prediction of the swelling behavior of some soils from the Tlemcen region of
Algeria” , Bulletin des laboratories des Ponts et Chaussées - 233 - July-August -
Ref. 4375 - PP. 69-77.
21. Brackley, I. J. A. (1975). “Swell Under Load”. Proc. 6th Reg. Conf. for Africa
on SMFE, 1, pp. 71-79. Durban.
22. Brackley, I.J.A., Steffen, R., and Kirsten (1983). “An Empirical Equation for
the Prediction of Clay Heave”. Proceedings 7th Asian Regional Conference on
Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Volume 1, p8-14.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
205
23. Burland, J. B., (1962)."The Estimation of Field Effective Stresses and the
Prediction of Total Heave Using a Revised Method of Analyzing the Double
Oedometer Test," The Civil Engineer in South Africa, Vol 4, No.7, Jul,pp 133-
137.
24. Carter, M., and S.P. Bentley. , (1991). “Correlation of soil properties”.
Pentech Press, London. (Quoted by Lucian, 2006).
25. Casagrande, A. (1948). “Classification and identification of soils”. Trans. Am.
Soc. Civil Eng. 113:901- 931.
26. Çetiner, S. I., (2004), ““Stabilization of expansive soils by cayirhan fly ash and
desulphogypsum” M.S., Department of Civil Engineering, the Middle East
Technical University, January, 107 pages.
27. Chen, F.H. 1988. Foundations on Expansive Soils. Elsevier Science Publishers,
Amsterdam, the Netherlands, 463 pp.
28. Chu, S. C. and Kao, H. S., (1993), “A Study of Engineering Properties of a
Clay Modified by Fly Ash and Slag,” Proceedings, Fly Ash for Soil
Improvement, American Society of Civil Engineers, Geotechnical Special
Publication, No. 36, pp. 89–99.
29. Collins, R. J. and Ciesielski, S. K., (1994), “Production and Use of Industrial
Wastes, Synthesis of Highway Practice 199—Recycling and Use of Waste
Materials and By-Products in Highway Construction”, Transportation Research
Board, National Research Council, Washington, D.C., Chapter 3. (Quoted by
Al-Rawas, et al., 2002).
30. Colmenares, J.E. (2002). ”Suction and volume changes of compacted sand-
bentonite mixtures”. MSc Dissertation. Imperial College of Science,
Technology and Medicine. University of London.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
206
31. Croney, D., Coleman, J.D. and Black W.P.M (1958). “Movement and
distribution of water in soil relation to highway design and performance”.
National Research Council, Highway Research Board, Special Rep. 40,
Washington, D.C., pp. 226–252. (Quoted by Abdel-Moatty, 1999).
32. Dawson, R.F. (1953). “Movement of small houses erected on an expansive clay
soil”. Proc. 3rd Intl. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng. 1:346-350.
33. Day, R. W. (1997). ‘‘Soil-related damage to tilt-up structures.’’ Pract. Period.
Struct. Des. Constr., 2(2), pp 55–60. (Quoted by Li and Cameron, 2002).
34. Didier, G., Lareal, P. and Gielly J. (1973), “Prediction of swelling potential
and swelling pressure of soils”. Proc. 8th Int. Conf. SMFE, Vol. 2.2, pp. 67-72.
35. Diyaljee, V. A., and Wiens, B. (1995). “The use of edge membranes in airport
pavement rehabilitation.” Proc., 2nd Int. Congress on Unsaturated Soils, Paris,
959–966.
36. Eades, J.L. and Grim, R.E. (1966). “A quick test to determine lime
requirements for lime stabilization”. Highway Research Record 139, Highway
Research Board-National Research Council, Washington D.C., 99. 61-72.
(Quoted by Hardcastle, 2003).
37. El-Khoraibi, M.C. , Tarek, M.F. and Hussein, S.A.(1991).”Interpretation of
swelling pressure using soil suction characteristics.” Proc. 2nd Int. Eng. Conf.
Al-Azhar, pp. 174-185.
38. El-Nahhas, F., Mostafa, A.R. and Abdel-Tawab, S., (1990), "Geotechnical
characteristics of the lime stone formations of Gebel Mokattam area" 1st
Alexandria Conf. on Structural and Geotech. Eng., Vol. 1, pp. 9-19.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
207
39. El-Nahhas, F., Awad, T. and Abd-Moatty, N., (1998), "Prediction of ground
heave due to swelling of multi layered soil deposits" 8th Int. Colloquium on
Structural and Geotech. Eng., Faculty of Engineering, Ain Shams
University,Struct. Eng. Deprt., 12 pp.
40. El-Hoseiny, K. E., Youssef, A. A. and Samaan, E. H. (2005). "Improving of
expansive soil behavior using different techniques". 11 th Int. Colloquium on
Structural and Geotech. Eng., Ain Shams Univ., Faculty of Eng., Struct. Eng.
Dept., GE-15. 10 pp.
41. El-Kadi, F. and Awad, T. (1998), "Foundation failure due to swelling of soil
deposit -case study". 8 th Int. Colloquium on Structural and Geotech. Eng., Ain
Shams Univ., Faculty of Eng., Struct. Eng. Dept., pp. 108-125.
42. El-Sabaie, A. R., (1992) "Behaviour of footings resting on expansive soils
using model tests" M. Sc. Thesis, Ain Shams University, 188p.
43. El-Sohby, M.A., and Rabba, E.A., (1981), “Some Factors Affecting Swelling
of Expansive Clayey soils”, Geotechnical Engineering Vol. 12, pp. 19-39.
44. El-Sohby, M.A., Rabba, E.A., and Aboutaha, M. M., (1995), “On prediction
of swelling and collapsing potential of arid soils”, Proc. XI African Reg. Conf.
on Soil Mech. and Found. Eng. Cairo, vol. 2, no. pp. 122-144.
45. El-Sohby, M.A., and Mazen, O., (1987), “On prediction of Swelling pressure
and deformational behavior of of Expansive Soils”, Proc. Of the 9th Reg. Conf.
for Africa.
46. Fang, H. Y., (1991), Foundation Engineering Handbook, 2nd ed., Van Nostrand
Reinhold Publishing Company. (Quoted by Al-Rawas, et al., 2002).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
208
47. Fargher, P. J., Woodburn, J. A. and Selby J. (1979). “Footings and
foundations for small buildings in arid climates”. Inst. of Eng. Aust., S. A. Div.
and Univ. Adelaide Adult Ec. Dep., Adelaide, Australia. (Quoted by Fredlund,
and Rahardjo, 1993).
48. Firth, R. A., (1971), "Personal communication and discussion as a postgraduate
student". (Quoted by Awad, 1993)
49. Fredlund, D. G.,(1979). ”Second Canadian Geotechnical Colloquium
Appropriate Concepts and Technology for Unsaturated Soils,” Can. Geotech. J.,
vol. 16, no. pp. 121-139. (Quoted by Fredlund, and Rahardjo, 1993).
50. Fredlund, D. G.,(1983).”Prediction of ground movement in swelling clay “. 3
Est Annual Soil Mech. And Found. Eng. Conf. of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Feb.
(Quoted by Nelson, and Miller, 1992).
51. Fredlund, D. G., and Rahardjo, H. (1993). “Soil mechanics for unsaturated
soils“, Wiley, New York.
52. Gill, W.R. and C.A. Reaves. (1957). “Relationships of Atterberg limits and
Cation-exchange capacity to some physical properties of soil”. Soil Sci. Soc.
Am. Proc. 21:491-494.
53. Gromko, G. J., (1974), “Review of Expansive Soils,” Journal of the
Geotechnical Engineering Division, American Society for Civil Engineers,
ASCE 100, GT6, pp. 667–687.
54. Grossman, R.B., B.R. Brasher, D.P. Franzmeier, and J.L. Walker., (1968).
‘Linear extensibility as calculated from natural-clod bulk density
measurements’. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. Proc. 32:570-573.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
209
55. Hamberg, D.J., (1985), “A simplified method for predicting heave in expansive
soils”, M.S. thesis, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, CO, USA. (Quoted
by Covar and Lytton, 2001).
56. Hamilton, J. J. (1977), Foundations on swelling or shrinking sub-soils,
Canadian Building Digest, http://irc.nrc-cnrc.gc.ca/pubs/cbd/cbd184_e.html,
accessed on 11th September 2007.
57. Hammitt, G. M. and Ahlvin, R. G. (1973).”Membranes and encapsulation of
soils for control of swelling”, Proc. of workshop Proceedings of Workshop on
Expansive Clay and Shale in Highway Design and Construction ,D. R. Lamb
and S. J. Hanna, Federal Highway Administration, Denver, CO., pp. 80-95.
(Quoted by Nelson and Miller, 1992).
58. Hardcastle, J.H., (2003)."Evaluation and treatment of expansive volcanic
soils”. US95. Final Report to Idaho Transportation Department, Department of
civil Engineering, University of Idaho, Moscow, 88 pp.
59. Hisham, H. H. and Safwat, A. S. (1998). "Effect of using sea water on
engineering properties of lime treated expansive soil". J. Egyptian Geotech.
Soc., Vol. 9, pp. 35-63.
60. Holt, J.H., (1969). A study of physico- chemical, mineralogical and engineering
index properties of fine grained soils in relation to their expansive
characteristics. Ph.D. Dissertation, Texas A&M Univ., College Station, TX.
(Quoted by Hardcastle, 2003).
61. Holtz, Wesley G. and Harold J. Gibbs. (1956). Engineering properties of
expansive clays. Trans. ASCE 121:641-677.
62. Holtz, W. G., (1959). “Expansive clays- properties and problems”. Quart.
Colorado School of Mines, 54(4), 89-117.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
210
63. Hunter, D. (1988). ‘‘Lime-induced heave in sulfate-bearing clay soils.’’ J.
Geotech. Eng., 114(2), 150–167.
64. Ingles, O.G. and Metcalf, J.B., (1972), Soil Stabilization, Butterworths,
Sydney. (Quoted by YEŞİLBAŞ , 2004).
65. Jennings, J. E. B. and Knight, K. (1975), "The Prediction of Total Heave from
the Double Oedometer Test," Symposium on Expansive Clays, The South
African Institute of Civil Engineers, , pp 13-19.
66. Jennings, J. E. and Kerrich, J. E., (1962)."The Heaving of Buildings and the
Associated Economic Consequences, with Particular Reference to the Orange
Free State Goldfields," Civil Engineer in South Africa, Vol 4, No. 11, Nov, pp
221-248. (Quoted by Nelson and Miller, 1992).
67. Jennings, J. E., Firtu, R. A., Ralph, T. K. (1973), "An Improved Method for
Predicting Heave Using the Oedometer Test," Proceedings, Third International
Research and Engineering Conference on Expansive Clay Soils, Haifi, Israel,
Vol 2, Aug, pp 149-154.
68. Johnson, L. D. (1977). ‘‘Evaluation of laboratory suction tests for prediction of
heave in foundation soils.’’ Technical Rep. S-77-7, U.S. Army Engineers
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Miss.
69. Komornik, J. and David, A. (1969). “Prediction of swelling potential for
compacted clays”. Journal of Soil Mech. and Found. Eng. Div. ASCE, Vol. 95,
No. 1, pp 209-225.
70. Ladd, C. C. and Lambe, T. W., (1961) "The Identification and Behavior of
Compacted Expansive Clays," Proceedings, Fifth International Conference on
Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Parish, Vol 1, pp 201-205.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
211
71. Lee, J. J., and Kocherhans, J. G. (1973). ‘‘Soil stabilization by use of
moisture barriers.’’ Proc., 3rd Int. Conf. on Expansive Soils, 295–300.
72. Li, J. and Cameron D. A., (2002). " Case Study of Courtyard House Damaged
by Expansive Soils” Journal of Performance of Constructed Facilities, Vol. 16,
No. 4, November 1, pp 169–175.
73. Little, D. N. (2000). “Evaluation of structural properties of lime stabilized soils
and aggregates”. Vol. 3: Mixture design and testing protocol for lime-stabilized
soils, National Lime Association, Arlington, Va. (Quoted by Petry and Little,
2002).
74. Little, D. N., and Petry, T. M. (1992). “Review of Stabilization of Clays and
Expansive Soils in Pavements and Lightly Loaded Structures—History,
Practice, and Future”. Journal of Materials in Civil Engineering, Vol. 14, No. 6 ,
PP. 447–460.
75. Little, D. N., Males, E. H., Prusinski, J. R., and Stewart, B. (2000).
‘‘Cementitious stabilization.’’ 79th Millenium Rep. Series, Transportation
Research Board, Washington, D.C.
76. Lucian, C. (2006), “Geotechnical Aspects of Buildings on Expansive Soils in
Kibaha, Tanzania Preliminary Study”, Licentiate Thesis, Division of Soil and
Rock Mechanics, KTH, Sweden.
77. Lytton, R. L. (1977). ‘‘Foundations in expansive soils.’’ In numerical methods
of geotechnical engineering, chapt. 13, Desai C.S. and Christian J.T. (Eds.) ,
New York: McGraw-Hill, pp. 427–458. (Quoted by Fredlund and Rahardjo,
1993).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
212
78. Marie, N., El-Ashaal, A., and Abdel-Motaleb, A.(2000).”Improvement of
expansive soils in waterways using different replacement cushions”. J. Egyptian
Geotech. Soc., Vol. 11, pp.1-10.
79. McCallister, L.D. and Petry T.M., (1988), “Physical Property Changes in a
Lime-Treated Expansive Clay Caused by Leaching”, Transportation Research
Record 1295, pp. 37-44. (Quoted by YEŞİLBAŞ , 2004).
80. McKeen, R.G. (1981).“ Design of Airport Pavements for Expansive Soils:
Final Report , DOT/FAA/RD-81/25, U.S. Dept. of Transportation, Federal
Aviation Administration, Systems Research and Development Service,
Washington, DC. (Quoted by Abdel-Moatty, 1999).
81. McKeen, R.G. (1992). “A model for predicting expansive soil behavior”.
Proceedings, Seventh International Conference on Expansive Soils, Dallas,
Texas, pp. 1-6.
82. McKeen, R.G. and Hamberg, D.I. (1981). “Characterization of expansive
soils”. Shales and Swelling soils, Transportation Research Record 790, National
Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C., pp. 73-78. (Quoted by Covar. and
Lytton, 2001).
83. Mitchell, J. K. ,(1976). “Fundamentals of soil behavior”, 1st Ed., Wiley, New
York.(Quoted by Abdel-Moatty,1999).
84. Mitchell, J.K. (1986). “Practical problems from surprising soil behavior”.
Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, Vol. 112, No. 3, American Society of
Civil Engineers, pp. 259-289. (Quoted by Hardcastle, 2003).
85. Mitchell, J.K. ,(1993).” Fundamentals of Soil Behavior”. 2nd. Edition. John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 473 pp. (Quoted by Hardcastle, 2003).
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
213
86. Mohan, D. and Rao, B. G. (1965).”Moisture variation and performance of
foundations in black cotton soils in India”. Moisture equilibrium and moisture
changes in soils beneath covered areas. Symposium, Soil Mechanics section,
Commonwealth scientific and industrial research organization . Butterworth’s,
Australia, pp. 175-183. (Quoted by Nelson and Miller, 1992).
87. Morgan, S. and Halff, A. H., (1984), “Oil Sludge Solidification Using Cement
Kiln Dust,” Journal of Environmental Engineering, American Society for Civil
Engineers, ASCE, Vol. 10, No. 5.
88. Moussa, A. A., Abed-Miguid, M. A., Okdah, S. M., and Heikal, A. H.
(1985). "Effect of sand cushion on swelling and swelling pressure of silty clay”.
Proc. of the 11th Int. Conf. on Soil Mech. and Found. Eng., San Francisco, pp.
1023-1026.
89. Moustafa, A.R., El-Nahhas, F., and Abdel Tawab, S., (1991), “Engineering
geology of Mokattam city and vicinity, eastern Greater Cairo, Egypt”:
Engineering Geology, v. 31, p. 327-344.
90. Najder J. and Werno M. (1973). “Protection of Buildings on Expansive Clays.
Proceedings 3-rd International Conference on Expansive Soils, Vol. I, Haifa, 1:
325-334.
91. Nayak , N.V. , and Christensen, D. (1974). “Swelling Characteristics of
compacted expansive soils”. Journal of Clays and Clay Minerals, Vol. No.4,
pp.251-261. (Quoted by Abdel-Moatty, 1999).
92. Nelson, J. D., and Miller, D. J. ,(1992). Expansive soils, problems and practice
in foundation and pavement engineering, Wiley, New York.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
214
93. Olson, H.W., Krosley, L., Nelson, K., Chabrillat, S., Goetz, A.F.H and Noe,
D.C., (2000). Mineralogy swelling potential relationships for expansive shales.
Advances in Unsaturated Geotechnics ,Geotechnical Special Publication No. 99,
American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, pp. 361-371.
94. O’Neill, M. W., and Ghazzaly, O. I. (1977). “Swell potential related to
building performance.” J. Geotech. Engrg. Div., 103(12), 1363–1379.
95. Parker, J.C., D.F. Amos, and D.L. Kaster. (1977). “An evaluation of several
methods of estimating soil volume change”. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. 41:1059-1064.
96. Parker, J.C., D.F. Amos, and L.W. Zelazny. (1982). “Water adsorption and
swelling of clay minerals in soil systems”. Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. 46:450-456.
97. Pearring, J.R., (1963), “A study of basic mineralogical, physical-chemical, and
engineering index properties of laterite soils”. Ph.D. Dissertation, Texas A&M
Univ., College Station, TX, USA. (Quoted by Covar and Lytton, 2001).
98. Peck, R.B., W.E. Hanson and T.H. Thornburn (1974), “Foundation
Engineering”, Second edition., Wiley, New York.
99. Pengelly, A.D., Boehm, D.W., Rector, E., and Welsh, J.P. (1997).
“Engineering experience with in-situ modification of collapsible and expansive
soils”. Unsaturated Soil Engineering Practice, Geotechnical Special Publication
No. 68, American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, pp. 277-298.
100. Perrin, L.L. (1992). “Expansion of lime-treated clays containing sulfates”.
Proceedings, Seventh International Conference on Expansive Soils, Dallas,
Texas, pp. 409-414.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
215
101. Petry, T.M. and Armstrong, J.C. (2001). “Stabilization of expansive clay
soils”. Transportation Research Record 1219, Transportation Research Board-
National Research Council, Washington, D.C., pp. (Quoted by Hardcastle,
,2003).
102. Petry, T. M., and Little, D. N. (2002). ‘‘Review of Stabilization of Clays and
Expansive Soils in Pavements and Lightly Loaded Structures-History, Practice,
and Future’’ Journ. of Mat. in Civil Eng. , Nov.- Dec., pp. 447-460.
103. Pidgeon, J. T. (1987), “Prediction of differential heave for design of
foundations in expansive soil areas”. 9th African Regional Conference on Soil
Mechanics and Foundation Engineering, Lagos, Nigeria.
104. Porter, A. A., and Nelson, J. D. (1980).”Strain controlled testing of soils”.
Proc. 4th Int. Conf. Expansive Soils, ASCE and Int. Soc. Soil Mech. Found.
Eng., Denver, June: pp.34-44.
105. Puppala, A.J. and Musenda, C. (2000). “Effects of fiber reinforcement on
strength and volume change in expansive clay”. Transportation Research
Record 17336, Transportation Research Board-National Research Council,
Washington, D.C., pp. 134-140. (Quoted by Hardcastle, 2003).
106. Ralph, T. K., and Nagar, N. , (1972).”The prediction of heave from laboratory
tests”. Univ. of Witwatersrand, Johannesburg. (Quoted by Nelson and Miller,
1992).
107. Rama, R., Rahadjio, H., and Fredlund, D.G. (1988). “Closed from heave
solutions for expansive soils”. Journal of Geot. Eng. ASCE, Vol. 144, No. 5, pp.
573-589.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
216
108. Raman, V., (1967) "Identification of Expansive Soils from the Plasticity Index
and the Shrinkage Index Data," The Indian Engineer, Calcutta, Vol 11, No.1,
Jan, pp 17-22. (Quoted by Snethen et al., 1975).
109. Ranganatham, B. V. and Satyanarayana, B., (1965) “A Rational Method of
Predicting Swelling Potential for Compacted Expansive Clays," Proceedings,
Sixth International Conference on Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering,
Vol 1, pp 92-96.
110. Richard, Sulliven and Bramlette, (1969). “Predicting heave buildings on
unsaturated clay”. Int. Conf. Texas.
111. Rogers, C. D. and Glendinning, S., (2000), “Lime Requirement for
Stabilization,” Transportation Research Record, No. 1721, Transportation
Research Board, National Research Council, Washington, D.C., pp. 9–18.
(Quoted by Al-Rawas, et al., 2002).
112. Rojas, E., Romo, M. P., Garnica, P., and Cervantes, R. (2006). “Analysis of
deep moisture barriers in expansive soils. Part II: Water flow formulation and
implementation.” Int. J. Geomech., 6(5), PP. 319–327.
113. Rollings, M.P. and Rolling, R.S., (1996), Geotechnical Materials in
Construction, McGraw-Hill, New York. (Quoted by YEŞİLBAŞ, 2004).
114. Satyanaryana, B., (1969) “Behavior of treated expansive soil" Proceedings,
second International Research and Engineering Conference on Expansive Clay
Soils, Texas, pp 308-316.
115. Schneider, G.L., and Poor, A.P.(1974). ” The prediction of soil heave and
swell pressures developed by expansive clay. Res. Rep. TR. 9.74,Construction
Res. Center, Univ. of Texas, Arlington.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
217
116. Schreiner, H.D. (1988). “Identification and classification of expansive soils”. p.
23-29. In C.V.J. Varma (ed.) Proc. 6th Intl. Conf. on Expansive Soils. New
Dehli, India. (Quoted by Thomas, 1998).
117. Seed, H. B., Mitchell, J. K. and Chan, C. K. (1960), “The strength of
compacted cohesive soils”. Proceedings, ASCE Research Conference on
Cohesive soils, Boulder, American Society of Civil Engineers, New York, pp
877-964.
118. Seed, H. B., Mitchell, J. K., and Chan, C. K. (1962a). ‘‘Study of swell and
swell pressure characteristics of compacted clays.’’ Highway Research Board
Bulletin 313, National Research Council, Washington, D.C., 12–39.
119. Seed, H.B., Woodward, R.J., Jr., and Lundgren, R., (1962b), “Prediction of
swelling potential for compacted clays”. Journal of Soil Mech. Found. Div.,
Am. Soc. Civil Eng. 88 (SM3), 53-87.
120. Sivapullaiah, P. V., Sridharan, A., Prashanth, J. P., and Raju, K. V. B.,
(1997) “Role of Fabric and Bonding in the Lime Stabilization of Soils,”
Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Civil Engineering, Sharif
University of Technology, Tehran, Iran, Vol. 2, 4–6 May, pp. 345–352.
121. Skempton, A.W., (1953). ‘‘The colloidal activity of clays.’’ Proc., 3rd Int.
Conf. on Soil Mechanics, Foundation Engineering, Vol. 1, 57–61.
122. Snethen, D. R., Townsend, F. C., Johnson, L. D., Patrick, D. M., and
Vedros, P. J. ,(1975). ‘‘A review of the engineering experiences with expansive
soils in highway sub-grades.’’ Rep. No. FHWA-RD-75-48, Interim Report to
FHWA, Washington, D.C.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
218
123. Snethen, D.R. (1979a). “Technical Guidelines for Expansive Soils in Highway
Sub-grades”. Report No. FHWA-RD-79-51. U.S. Army corps of Engineers
Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
124. Snethen, D. R. (1979b). ‘‘An evaluation of methodology for predicting and
minimization of detrimental volume change of expansive soils in highway sub-
grades.’’ Rep. No. FHWA-RD-79-49, Final Rep., Washington,D.C.
125. Snethen, D.R., (1980).”Characterization of Expansive Soils Using Soil Suction
Data", 4th International Conference on Expansive Soils, pp. 54-75,
126. Snethen, D. R. (1984). ‘‘Evaluation of expedient methods for identification and
classification of potentially expansive soils.’’ Proc., 5th Int. Conf. on Expansive
Soils, 22–26.
127. Soil Survey Staff. (1996). Soil survey laboratory methods manual. Soil Survey
Invest. Rpt. No. 42, Ver. 3. National Soil Survey Center, Lincoln, NE. (Quoted
by Thomas, 1998).
128. Sowers, G.B., Sowers, G.F., (1970). “Introductory Soil Mechanics and
Foundations”, 3rd ed. McMillan, New York. (Quoted by Yilmaz, 2006)
129. Steinberg, M. (2000). “Expansive soils and the geomembrane remedy”.
Advances in Unsaturated Geotechnics, Geotechnical Special Publication 99,
American Society of Civil Engineers, Reston, Virginia, pp. 456-466.
130. Sullivan, R. A. and McClelland, B., (1969), “Predicting Heave of Buildings on
Unsaturated Clay,” Second International Research and Engineering Conference
on Expansive Clay Soils, Texas A&M University, College Station, TX, pp.
404–420.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
219
131. Tensar Earth Technologies, Inc. (2001). “Strategies for Sub-grade
Stabilization: A Comparison of Tensar Biaxial Geogrid vs. Lime”. Tensar Earth
Technologies, Inc., Atlanta, Georgia. 2pp. (Quoted by Hardcastle, 2003).
132. TFHRC (Transportation and Federal Highways Research Council), (2003),
“Coal Fly Ash-User Guideline-Embankment or Fill”
http://www.tfhrc.gov/hnr20/recycle/waste/cfa54.htm.
133. Thomas, P. J. ,(1998). “Quantifying Properties and Variability of Expansive
Soils in Selected Map Units”, Ph.D. Thesis, Faculty of the Virginia, 79pp.
134. Thomas, P.J., Baker J.C., and Zelazny L.W., (2000), “An expansive soil
index for predicting shrink-swell potential”, Soil Science Society of America
Journal, 64, 268- 274. (Quoted by Kariuki, 2003).
135. TM–ARMY (1983), “Foundations in expansive soils”, Publications of the
Headquarters, United States Army Corps of Engineers. TM 5-818-7 0098
CEMP, USA.
136. Transportation Research Board. (1987). “Lime Stabilization: Reactions,
Properties, Design, and Construction”. State of the Art Report 5, Transportation
Research Board-National Research Council, Washington, D.C., 59 pp. (Quoted
by Hardcastle, 2003).
137. U.S. Department of Agriculture, U.S.D.A., Soil Conservation Service, (1971).
“Guide for Interpreting Engineering Uses of Soils,” Washington, D.C., 87 pp.
138. Uniform Building Code, (1968). UBC Standard No. 29-2. (Quoted by Yilmaz,
, 2006)
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
220
139. Van der Merwe, D.H. (1964). “The prediction of heave from the plasticity
index and percentage clay fraction of soils”. The Civil Engineer in South Africa,
South African Institution of Civil Engineers, Vol. 6, pp. 103-116.
140. Vassilev, S.V., Menendez, R., Alvarez, D., Somoano, M.D. and Tarazona,
M.R.M., (2003), “Phase-Mineral and Chemical Composition of Coal Fly Ashes
as a Basis for their Multicomponent Utilization. 1. Characterization of Feed
Coals and Fly Ashes”, Fuel, Vol. 82, pp. 1793-1811. (Quoted by Çetiner, 2004).
141. Vijayvergiya, V. N., and Ghazzaly, O. I.,(1973), “Prediction of swelling
potential for natural clays”, 3rd Int. Conf. on Expansive Soils, Haifa, pp. 227-
236.
142. Wayne, A.C., Mohamed, A.O., and El-Fatih, M.A., (1984), “Construction on
Expansive Soils in Sudan”, Journal of Construction Engineering and
Management, Vol. 110, pp. 359-374. (Quoted by YEŞİLBAŞ, 2004).
143. Wibawa, B., (2003), “Swelling Clay Stabilized with Lime” Civil Engineering
Research, pp. 47-48. (Quoted by YEŞİLBAŞ, 2004).
144. Weston, D.J., (1980). ‘Expansive road treatment for Southern Africa”.
Proceeding of the 4th International Conference on Expansive Soils, Denver, vol.
1, pp. 339–360.
145. Woodward-Clyde-Sherard and Associates, (1968). "Final report of field
survey: Remedial methods applied to houses damaged by high volume change
soils” Federal Housing Administration, FHA Contract H-799.94.
146. Yesilbas G., (2004), “Stabilization of expansive soils using aggregate waste,
rock powder and lime” M.S., Department of Civil Engineering, the Middle East
Technical University, April, 112 pages.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
221
147. Yevnining, A. and Zaslavsky, D. (1970),”Some factors affecting compacted
clay swelling”. Can. Geot. Journ., Vol. 7 , No. 79, pp. 79-91.
148. Yilmaz, I., (2006). “Indirect estimation of the swelling percent and a new
classification of soils depending on liquid limit and cation exchange capacity”,
Engineering Geology Volume 85, Issues 3-4, 21 June 2006, Pages 295-301.
149. Yoshida, R. T., Fredlund, D. G., and Hamilton, J. J. (1983). “The Prediction
of total heave of aslab on grade floor on reginea clay”. Can. Geotech. J. Vol. 20,
No. 1,pp. 69-81. Yousif, M.S.M. (2000),” Slope Stability of the Middle Eocene
Rocks of Gebel Mokattam” ICEHM, Cairo University, Egypt, September , pp
14- 32.
150. Zacharias, G. and Ranganathan, B. (1972). “Swelling and swelling
characteristics of synthetic clays”. Proc. Of Symposium on strength and
deformation behavior of soils, Banglore, Vol. 1, pp. 129-134. (Quoted by
Abdel-Moatty, 1999).
151. Zaman, M., Laguros, J. G., and Sayah, A., (1992), “Soil Stabilization Using
Cement Kiln Dust,” Proceedings of the 7th International Conference on
Expansive Soils, Dallas, TX, Vol. 1, 3–5 August, pp. 347–351.
152. Zapata, C.E., Houston, W.N., Houston, S.L. and Walsh, K.D. (2000). “Soil
water characteristic curve variability”. Advances in Unsaturated Geotechnics,
Geotechnical Special Publication 99, American Society of Civil Engineers,
Reston, Virginia, pp. 84-124.
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
222
Appendix A
Measured laboratory footing heave – logarithmic time relationships:
Figure (A.1): Footings heave versus logarithmic time for variable footing stress
Group 1 and Group 2
Figure (A.2): Footings heave versus logarithmic time, Group 2
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Untreated expansive soil
q1=0.5 kg/cm2q2=0.0q3=0.0q4=0.5 kg/cm2
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Untreated Expansive soil
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2q2=0.0q3=0.0q4=0.5 kg/cm2
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
223
Figure (A.3): Footings heave versus logarithmic time, Group 2
Figure (A.4): Footings heave versus logarithmic time, Group 2
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand ‐ 5% lime
q1=0.5 kg/cm2
q2=0.0
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand ‐ 5 % lime
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Treated expansive soil layer using 5% lime ‐ expansive soil
q1=0.5 kg/cm2 q2=0.0
q3=0.0 q4=0.5 kg/cm2
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Expansive soil ‐ 5 % lime
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
224
Figure (A.5): Footings heave versus log time leakage below F1, Group 3
Figure (A.6): Footings heave versus log time leakage below F1, Group 3 and
Group 4
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand and plastic horizontal barrier at top of sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2 q2=0.0
q3=0.0 q4=0.5 kg/cm2
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand and plastic horizontal barrier at bottom of sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2 q2=0.0q3=0.0 q4=0.5 kg/cm2
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
225
Figure (A.7): Footings heave versus log time leakage 10cm from F1, Group 4
Figure (A.8): Footings heave versus log time leakage 20cm from F1, Group 4
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand and plastic horizontal barrier at bottom of sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2 q2=0.0
q3=0.0 q4=0.5 kg/cm2
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
10 cm
0
5
10
15
20
25
1 10 100 1000 10000 100000
∆h (m
m)
Time (min)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand and plastic horizontal barrier at bottom of sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2q2=0.0q3=0.0
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
20 cm
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
226
Appendix B
Final moisture distribution of expansive soil:
Figure (B.1): Wc (%) versus depth for variable footing stress Group 1 and
Group 2
Figure (B.2): Wc (%) versus depth, Group 2
S.L P.L L.L0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dep
th (cm)
Wc (%)
Untreated expansive soil
q1=0.5 kg/cm2q2=0.0q3=0.0q4=0.5 kg/cm2
Wco = 4 %
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Untreated Expansive soil
S.L P.L L.L2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dep
th (cm)
Wc (%)Treated expansive soil using medium sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2q2=0.0q3=0.0q4=0.5 kg/cm2
Wco = 4 %
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
227
Figure (B.3): Wc (%) versus depth, Group 2
Figure (B.4): Wc (%) versus depth, Group 2
S.L P.L L.L2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dep
th (cm)
Wc (%)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand + 5% lime
q1=0.5 kg/cm2
q2=0.0
q3=0.0
q4=0.5 kg/cm2 Wco = 4 %
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand ‐ 5 % lime
S.L P.L L.L2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dep
th (cm)
Wc (%)Treated expansive soil layer using 5% lime ‐ expansive soil
q1=0.5 kg/cm2q2=0.0q3=0.0q4=0.5 kg/cm2 Wco = 4 %
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Expansive soil ‐ 5 % lime
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
228
Figure (B.5): Wc (%) versus depth leakage below F1, Group 3
Figure (B.6): Wc (%) versus depth leakage below F1, Group 3 and Group 4
S.L P.L L.L2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dep
th (cm)
Wc (%)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand and plastic horizontal barrier at top of sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2
q2=0.0
q3=0.0
q4=0.5 kg/cm2
Wco = 4 %
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
S.L P.L L.L2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dep
th (cm)
Wc (%)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand and plastic horizontal barrier at bottom of sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2
q2=0.0
q3=0.0
q4=0.5 kg/cm2Wco = 4 %
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
Swelling performance of some expansive soil treatment techniques
229
Figure (B.7): Wc (%) versus depth leakage 10cm from F1, Group 4
Figure (B.8): Wc (%) versus depth leakage 10cm from F1, Group 4
S.L P.L L.L2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90Dep
th (cm)
Wc (%)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand and plastic horizontal barrier at bottom of sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2
q2=0.0
q3=0.0
q4=0.5 kg/cm2 Wco = 4 %
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
10 cm
S.L P.L L.L2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Dep
th (cm)
Wc (%)
Treated expansive soil using medium sand and plastic horizontal barrier at bottom of sand
q1=0.5 kg/cm2
q2=0.0
q3=0.0
q4=0.5 kg/cm2 Wco = 4 %
F1 F2 F3 F4
Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2) Loaded (0.5 Kg/cm2)
Expansive soil
Medium Sand
20 cm
لجنة الممتحنين
محمد يوسف عبد اللطيف يوسف : اسم الباحث
تقييم أداء بعض نظم معالجة التربة اإلنتفاشية: عنوان الرسالة
الماجستير: الدرجة
التوقيع االسم
خديجة إبراهيم عبد الغنى . د.أ
أستاذ الهندسة الجيوتقنية واألساسات
البناء اإلسكان و مرآز بحوث
عبد المنعم أحمد موسى / د.أ
أستاذ الهندسة الجيوتقنية واألساسات
جامعة عين شمس -آلية الهندسة
على عبد الفتاح على أحمد/ د.أ
أستاذ الهندسة الجيوتقنية واألساسات
جامعة عين شمس -آلية الهندسة
سجامعة عين شم آلية الهندسة
قسم الهندسة اإلنشائية رسالة ماجستير
محمد يوسف عبد اللطيف : اسم الطالب
تقييم أداء بعض نظم معالجة التربة اإلنتفاشية :عنوان الرسالة
ماجستير :الدرجة
شرا فاإل لجنة
د على عبد الفتاح على أحمد.أ
أستاذ الهندسة الجيوتقنية واالساسات جامعة عين شمس -آلية الهندسة
هدى عبد الهادى إبراهيم. د
مدرس الهندسة الجيوتقنية واالساساتجامعة عين شمس -آلية الهندسة
٢٠٠٨/ / : تاريخ البحث
الدراسات العليا
: اجيزت الرسالة : تم اإلجازة
/ /٢٠٠٨/ / ٢٠٠٨
: موافقة مجلس الجامعة : موافقة مجلس الكلية
/ /٢٠٠٨/ / ٢٠٠٨
التعريف بالباحث
محمد يوسف عبد اللطيف يوسف: اإلسم
١٩٨٣/ ٦/ ٢٣: تاريخ الميالد
جمهورية مصر العربية –اإلسكندرية : محل الميالد
بكالوريوس هندسة مدنية :الدرجة الجامعية األولى
مدنى إنشاءات : التخصص
٢٠٠٥يونيو : اريخ المنح ت
جامعة عين شمس -آلية الهندسة : ةنحاالم الجهة
جامعة عين شمس -الهندسة معيد بكلية: الوظيفة
سجامعة عين شم آلية الهندسة
يةئقسم الهندسة اإلنشا
محمد يوسف عبد اللطيف: ملخص الرسالة المقدمة من
تقييم أداء بعض نظم معالجة التربة اإلنتفاشية: عنوان الرسالة
أستاذ الهندسة الجيوتقنية واالساسات أحمد على د على عبد الفتاح.أ :إشراف تحت
مدرس الهندسة الجيوتقنية واالساسات إبراهيم هدى عبد الهادى. د
٢٠٠٥/ ١٠/١٠: تاريخ التسجيل
:تاريخ المناقشة
ملخص البحثبعض هذه العوامل يتعلق بالظروف . السطحية المرتكزة على تربة إنتفاشية معالجة بعدة عوامل يتأثر السلوك اإلنتفاشى لألساسات
بينما تتعلق العوامل األخرى بطرق المعالجة المستخدمة لتقليل الجهد ، المحيطة المتحكمة فى التكوين الطبقى وآيفية تحرك المياهخالل العقود األخيرة ظهرت بر آافية لمعالجة التربة اإلنتفاشية إال أنهتعت معالجةالوبالرغم من ان بعض طرق .اإلنتفاشى للتربة
.العديد من المشاآل للمنشآت ذات األساسات السطحية التى تم تنفيذها على تربة إنتفاشية معالجة
سلوك اإلنتفاشى ولذلك آان الهدف األساسي من هذا البحث هو دراسة مدى فاعلية بعض طرق المعالجة شائعة اإلستخدام لتقليل الدراسة حالة ميل مبنى سكنى بالهضبة الوسطى تم و. مع دراسة العوامل التى تؤدى إلى حدوث حرآة نسبية بين القواعد لتربةل
وعلى الرغم من أن التربة أسفل المبنى آانت معالجة بتربة إحالل إال أنها فشلت فى منع األضرار الناتجة عن اإلنتفاش .للمقطمتم توصيف التتابع الطبقى قد و. من مصدر صرف قريب أسفل تربة اإلحالل وجود تسرب للمياه لىرجع ذلك إوي، النسبى للتربة
للهضبة الوسطى للمقطم وتعريف وتصنيف التربة وتعيين الخواص اإلنتفاشية لها وتوصيف الحالة اإلنشائية لمبنى تعرض للميل مساحية ست رصدات وتم تحليل . نتيجة تسرب المياه الى تربة التأسيس المعالجة بتربة إحالل من الرمل بالهضبة الوسطى للمقطم
باستخدام طريقتينلمبنى ل األفقيةة حرآال مرآبات آما تم تعيين. تصل إلى أربع سنين تقريبازمنية المبنى على مدى فترةلحرآة وذلك لتحديد أفضل و أنسب الطرق التى يمكن استخدامها للتنبؤ بالحرآة ، ومقارنتها بالقيم المرصودة على الطبيعة تجريبيتينشبه
.اإلنتفاشية لألساسات
قواعد السطحية المرتكزة على تربة إنتفاشية معالجة لنماذج من الم وضع برنامج إختبار معملى لتعيين السلوك اإلنتفاشى وقد تاستخدام الطرق المباشرة وغير المباشرة فى تعيين الخواص اإلنتفاشية أيضا وتم. بطرق مختلفة بإستخدام نموذج معملى آبير
الطين المخلوط مع جير أو% ٥والرمل المخلوط مع أربة اإلنتفاشية باستخدام اإلحالل بالرمل وقد تمت معالجة الت.للتربة المختبرةقياس الحرآة اإلنتفاشية للقواعد السطحية المرتكزة وتم. اثيلين البولىعازلة من أفقية شرائح المضاف إليهالرمل جير أو% ٥
. بإستخدام المعادالت التجريبية وشبه التجريبية التى تعتمد على الخواص اإلنتفاشية للتربة بها تنبؤعلى التربة المعالجة معمليا وال .وقد أخذ فى اإلعتبار تأثير أحمال القواعد ومنسوب شرائح البولى اثيلين وبعد مصدر تسرب المياه عن القواعد المنفصلة
وأظهر وجود الشرائح . النهائية لإلنتفاش تقريبٌا بنفس النسبة وقد أثبتت جميع طرق المعالجة المستخدمة نجاحٌا فى تقليل القيمةاألفقية العازلة أعلى منسوب تربة اإلحالل تميزٌا من حيث توزيع الرطوبة بصورة منتظمة فى حالة حدوث تسرب للمياه من
أدى ، اإلحالل أسفل منسوبلة عازشرائح أفقية ولكن عند استخدام . وهذا التوزيع نتج عنه انتفاش منتظم أسفل القواعد، خاللهوقد .تسرب المياه من الغشاء إلى ترآيز الرطوبة فى نقطة محدودة من التربة أنتج عنها حدوث حرآة نسبية عالية بين القواعد
األنظمة المقترحةأسهم هذا البحث فى التعرف على التربة اإلنتفاشية وبعض المشاآل المصاحبة لها وآذلك زيادة فاعلية .ناتجة عن سلوك التربة اإلنتفاشيةالتى من شأنها أن تقلل األضرار اإلنشائية الو تهاجاللمع
جامعة عين شمس آلية الهندسة
تقييم أداء بعض نظم معالجة التربة اإلنتفاشية إعداد
محمد يوسف عبد اللطيف يوسف/ م
٢٠٠٥هندسة مدنية عام بكالوريوس جامعة عين شمس
رسالة مقدمة
للحصول على درجة الماجستير فى الهندسة المدنية )الهندسة اإلنشائية شعبة(
ف إشراتحت
د على عبد الفتاح على أحمد.أ
أستاذ الهندسة الجيوتقنية واالساسات جامعة عين شمس -آلية الهندسة
هدى عبد الهادى إبراهيم. د
مدرس الهندسة الجيوتقنية واالساساتجامعة عين شمس -آلية الهندسة
٢٠٠٨